Featured

Week beginning 19 July 2021

Both books reviewed this week were provided to me by NetGalley in exchange for an honest review.

Daniel Talbot In Love With Movies Columbia University Press 2022

Daniel Talbot’s In Love With Movies is a delight, from the first  chapters about the early years in independent theatres;  though Those Who Made Me Laugh in Part 2; Part 3 which, in  Unsung Film Pioneers, covers collectors, early  distributors and exhibitors; part 4, Acquisitions is an engrossing wander through some of the films shown in Talbot’s theatres; Directors In My Life, enumerates those such as Yasujiro Ozu, Nagisa Oshima, Ousmane Sembene, Roberto Rossellini, Jean-Luc Gordar, Rainer Werner Fassbinder, Wim Wenders, and Werner Herzog; Parts 6,  7, 8 and 9 with ‘a memory project’,  includes more directors, Criteria and Reflections; Portraits, including  friends and legendary a film critic,  in Part 10; followed by more on independent theatres in Upper West Side Cinemas; and an epilogue written by Toby Talbot who edited the book. There are excerpts from Dan Talbot’s Festival Notes, an interview between Talbot and Stanley Kauffmann, and an intriguingly titled,  Dreams on My Screen. Books: Reviews

George Thomas Clark They Make Movies BooksGoSocial 2021

They Make Movies is a combination of fiction, real events, and interpretations of the protagonists’ attitude towards the films in which they appeared or directed. Some of the events are seemingly told by the subject of the chapter, others appear to be based on reality or the author’s interpretation, described as if they are addressed directly by the subject. The stories are told with humour and, at times, sharp impact. The process is clever, providing researched topics and events, with the aid of fictional devices. Authenticity is supported by the list of film sources, although there are no footnotes to disturb the flow of the account – or to clarify what material is accurate and what might be fictional.  As exciting as this presentation could be, I found that I could not warm to the execution of this style in They Make Movies, although some of the observations are well made. Books: Reviews

The information which appears after the Canberra Covid report: masks for Covid 19; UK Tory leadership, Tom Watson; Trump and presidency – a startling admission; Bob McMullan – a thoughtful article on the US Senate mid term elections, first of a series; Democrats and fundraising; Cindy Lou has coffee in a paper cup.

Covid in Canberra since the end of lockdown

Parrots in a tree, seen from my balcony, on a Canberra winter’s day.

Vaccinations – 80.6% : 1 dose, ages 5 – 11; 69.4 % 2 doses, ages 5 – 11; 97.4 % 2 doses , aged 5+; 77.5% boosters, making 3 doses , aged 16+. The rules for boosters have recently changed, and pharmacy waiting times have increased as people take advantage of the availability of additional doses of vaccine for the expanded age groups. Fourth dose take up is not as yet being recorded.

14 July – New cases reported, 1,367; people in hospital, 137; people in ICU 5; people ventilated, 3.

15 July – New cases reported, 1,208; people in hospital, 135; people in ICU, 4; and 3 ventilated.

16 July – 1,104 new cases; 4 people in ICU; and 3 people ventilated. 17 July – 956 new cases; 167 people in hospital; 6 people in ICU; and 3 people ventilated. 18 July – 887 new cases; 171 people in hospital; 5 people in ICU; and 3 people ventilated. 19 July – 1,221 new cases; 170 people in hospital; 6 in ICU; and 3 ventilated. 20 July – 961 new cases; 160 people in hospital; 4 in ICU; and 2 ventilated.

I noticed that more people are wearing masks in shopping centres today. The photo below looks even better.

PM Anthony Albanese with scientists

UK Tory Leadership Comment from Tom Watson

The Penny Mordaunt Special*

Tom Watson Jul 16

I disappoint myself being glued to Twitter. Two and a half years after leaving Parliament, a Tory leadership race has reduced me to scrolling an iPhone for news a thousand times a day.

It looks like Penny Mordaunt is doing so well that her ministerial colleagues can’t afford to let her get on the ballot paper. As the current rules only allow Conservative party members a choice between two candidates, backroom deals will trade votes to squeeze her out. If I were Rishi Sunak, that’s what I’d be doing.

For election strategists, Penny Mordaunt is to Boris Johnson what Cillit Bang was to Mr Muscle. He sacked her from the Cabinet. She owes him little loyalty. Vote Penny? Bang, and the dirt is gone. 

To voters, she’s a blank canvass. She can paint a fresh and new picture of conservative Britain. As she doesn’t have much of a record, she offers an unprecedented opportunity for the Conservatives to renew in office that it looks like they’re about to squander.

My former parliamentary colleagues in Labour will be praying for a Rishi Sunak/Liz Truss run-off this week.

* why the asterisk in the subject line?

The fresh new start argument also applies to Tom Tugendhat but looking at his numbers, he is doubtful to make the cut. It’s a pity because he is a brave and honourable man. **

**Tom Tugendhat (along with Kemi Badenoch) has now been eliminated, and the race has been reduced to three candidates, Penny Mordaunt, Rishi Sunak and Liz Truss.

What ?

And now for a thoughtful article about American politics! This is the first of a series about the mid-term elections.

Trump may save the Democrat’s Senate bacon in November.

Bob McMullan

Bob McMullan


All the signs point to a disastrous result for the Democrats in the House of Representatives in the mid-terms in November.

Inflation, the unpopularity of the president and the usual mid-term set-back for the incumbent President’s party should combine to deliver a comfortable majority for the
Republicans in the House. After all, the Democrats have only the slimmest of majorities to begin with.


The extent to which the reaction to the Supreme Court decision in overturning Roe vs Wade will change the electoral equation in the House is unknowable at this stage but may prove to be a mitigating factor in November. This may reduce the losses but it is very hard to see
the Democrats holding on in the House.

However, the Senate may paint a different picture. In the state-wide races like Senate seats (and Governor’s races) candidates are more exposed and their merits count for more. And Trump has delivered some candidates of very
doubtful quality which should give the Democrats a chance to hang on and perhaps even to make gains.

By way of background, the 100 member Senate is currently split 50/50 with the Vice president having a casting vote. In 2022 35 Senate seats are up for election. It would normally be only 34 but a Senator from Oklahoma is retiring early even though he is only 86!


Of the 35 seats in contest the Republicans hold 21 and the Democrats 14. This means that the continuing Senators are 36 Democrats and 29 Republicans. However, many of the Republican held seats up for election this year are rock solid Republican strongholds, including the special election in Oklahoma.

The influential Cook Report suggests as many as 16 of the 21 Republican seats can be considered safe. This is substantially correct, but there may be interesting issues to watch in four of the “safe” seats.

This would mean 12 certain extra seats, taking the Republicans to 41.

The other four usually safe seats are Iowa, Missouri, Utah and Alaska.
In Iowa, the Senator seeking re-election for a six year term, Senator Grassley, will be 89 on election day and 95 at the end of the term he is seeking! Early polling was very strong for Grassley but since the Democrat primary in which they chose Michael Franken the most recent polling has seen the gap narrowing. It is difficult to see Grassley losing but it will be
worth watching on the night.

In Missouri the problem the Republicans have is a potentially very controversial candidate. Eric Greitjens is a previous Governor who lost office as a result of a series of scandals. At the moment he is leading in the polls for the August 2 primary, although only narrowly. His potential candidature has mobilized senior Republicans in the state to support an Independent Republican. It would not be unprecedented for the Republicans to lose the
Senate seat in Missouri due to the selection of an unacceptable candidate. Should Greitjens win the primary it will be another worth watching on the night.


In Utah the interest is generated by a strong Independent candidate, Evan McMullin. He has managed to persuade the Democrats not to run for the seat and as a consequence has an outside chance of beating the incumbent Republican, Mike Lee. Lee was an early critic of Trump but signed on to the “Big Lie” about the stolen election.


The Alaska Senate election is interesting because it is a contest between Lisa Murkowski, a Republican who voted to impeach Trump, and a Trump loyalist Kelly Tshibaka. The interesting question is, should Murkowski lose the primary will she still contest the election as an Independent or take advantage of new voting system in Alaska which will allow the top four candidates in the primary ballot to compete in a ranked choice election in November. I think Murkowski is most likely to win in November.

Should any of these potential Independents win they would not necessarily deprive the Republicans of a majority but they would create more opportunities for negotiation about legislation and appointments.
Nevertheless, the wise thing to do is assume that the Republicans will win all four seats in one way or the other. This would take them to 45 seats.

The Democrats have 42 “safe seats” and four others they are likely to win: Illinois; Colorado; Connecticut and Washington state. If we assume that the Republicans are likely to win 45 seats and the Democrats 46, that leaves 9 to be fought over:


Arizona (D)
Georgia (D)
New Hampshire (D)
Nevada (D)
Pennsylvania(R)
Wisconsin (R)
North Carolina(R)
Ohio (R) and
Florida (R).

I intend to assess the prospects in each of these states and follow-up on them and any other developments of interest in the Senate race on a regular basis.

Arizona
Trump’s support for Blake Masters as Republican candidate for the Arizona Senate seat appears to be a blessing for the Democrat incumbent Mark Kelly. The primary will be held on 2 August but polling suggests Masters is leading the internal Republican race by about 7%. However, he does not appear to be the strongest candidate for the general election. At this stage the polling suggests that Kelly is leading Masters by 9-10%. This would be a very
difficult gap to close by November.


Georgia
The situation here is similar. Herschel Walker, the Trump endorsed Senate candidate, staggers from one crisis to another. This does not mean he cannot win in what is still a slightly Republican state but it makes it harder for the Republicans than it otherwise would be. A recent poll had the Democrat incumbent Senator Raphael Warnock, ahead by 10%. This is an outlier and probably wrong. The RCP average of polls has Warnock ahead by 1-2%.
Given the numerous vulnerabilities of Walker I think Warnock has a better than even chance of pulling off another unlikely victory.


New Hampshire
The situation in New Hampshire is not clear. The Republican primary is not until September and there is no current sign that I have seen of a Trump-endorsed candidate in the field, The incumbent Democrat Senator, Maggie Hassan, is a former Governor and seems a strong candidate. She won very narrowly last time but should win this time unless national trends count too strongly against her. The lack of a Republican candidate means there in no useful polling data to serve as a guide to the likely outcome. Such current data as there is suggests Hassan is ahead of any of the Republican contenders by more than 4%, but this is likely to change once the candidate becomes clear.


Nevada
The Republicans seem to have selected a reasonably good candidate in Nevada in Adam Laxalt to run against the incumbent Democrat Senator Catherine Cortez Masto. Recent polling suggests Cortez Masto has her nose in front but it is likely to be a close contest in November.


Pennsylvania
Pennsylvania is another state where Trump’s influence in the Republican primary has opened the door for the Democrats to have a chance of making a gain in the Senate. Trump supported Dr Oz, because he always said nice things about him in his (Oz’s) TV programs! Oz is handicapped by the impression, probably true, that he actually comes from New Jersey, and the extreme positions he had to take up to win the Trump endorsement and
then to win the primary. Early polling has the Democrat candidate, John Fetterman, ahead by between 4 and 9%. This would be a gain for the Democrats because the retiring Senator is a Republican. The key question is whether the national trends will be sufficient to enable Oz to close the gap.

Wisconsin
The opportunity for the Democrats in Wisconsin is generated by the apparent weakness of the incumbent Republican Senator, Ron Johnson. His approval numbers are very low (37%) and he does not poll well against any of the Democrat alternative candidates. The Democrats will choose their candidate on August 9 and there does not appear to be a clear favorite. They all poll well enough against Johnson to suggest a close race in November. It is hard to believe that an incumbent Republican Senator could lose in the electoral climate in the USA in 2022, but if anyone can do it Ron Johnson can.


North Carolina
The Senate contest in North Carolina is close at the moment between the Republican candidate Ted Budd and the Democrat Cheri Beasley. However, Budd has been consistently ahead by between 3 and 4%. Despite the narrow margin and some signs of improved prospects for the Democrats in recent national polls it is not clear what path to victory Ms. Beasley has. The incumbent Republican Senator is retiring.


Ohio
Ohio is a state which is going steadily more Republican but in which the Democrats have an opportunity to make a Senate gain in 2022. With the retirement of popular Republican Senator Portman and the subsequent decision to choose a Trump backed candidate, JD Vance, the Democrat Tim Ryan is currently leading in some polls and is competitive in all of them. It would be a surprise if Ryan were to win in 2022 but it appears to be a realistic
possibility.


Florida
It is hard to see incumbent Republican senator, Marco Rubio, being beaten, Trump won Florida easily and Ron de Santis is running for re-election as Governor which should help the Republican turnout. However, intelligent observers suggest that it is a seat to watch and the Democrats have put up a strong candidate in Val Deemings. Current polling has Rubio ahead by at least 5% and up to 9%.

The Democrats have to win four of these nine states to maintain their 50/50 status which would enable them to continue to use the Vice-President’s casting vote. As they are currently leading in five of the states the evidence suggests that Donald Trump’s control of the Republican party has given the Democrats a realistic chance of maintaining Senate control from 2022-2024.

Some good news for Democrats

Cindy Lou comments on a casual coffee and delicious bread

While I waited for my Indian take away (by the way, the advertised 10% deduction for pick up is not operating although advertised on the menu) I had a coffee and delicious savoury sweet bread close by.

Simple seating, trays and tongs for collecting your bread, pleasant coffee in a takeaway cup – a nice place to wait for your takeaway.

And certainly a great place to collect all sorts of delightful treats…

And there is much more …

Week beginning 4 February 2026

Stephen Wade The Women Writers’ Revolution: More than Bloomsbury The Success of Female Authors during the Interwar Years Pen & Sword | Pen & Sword History, January 2025.

Thank you NetGalley and Pen & Sword for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Although a heavier read than many Pen & Sword publications this one carried me along because of the detailed and exciting material. This is a wonderful book, revealing so much about women writers in the interwar years, well known and lesser-known women, and even those who seemed to have disappeared. There is so much context, and there are also detailed references to male writers, as well as the Bloomsbury writers. However, the real legends of the book, the women writers about some of whom we know little, those who performed the revolution of Wade’s title, are there in full force. This is an exciting read, and one I relished from beginning to end.   

Networking and the role of women’s clubs (one providing access to less wealthy women through lower fees) and providing commentary to newspapers, and women seeking reviews of their writing, is an intriguing topic. Networking, it becomes clear, is not an innovation at all! Magazines edited by women provided another source of access for women writers, and these are given a place in the narrative. Following the first chapter is one that resonates with domestic stories becoming professional success – or a series of rejections. ‘Becoming a Woman Writer’ includes such stories, the rise of Mills and Boon publishing, what publishers wanted – and what they received, readership and the types of publishing companies that encouraged women writers, how women learnt to write and have their manuscripts accepted. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Sara Lodge The Mysterious Case of the Victorian Female Detective Yale University Press, November 2024.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

The combination of a history of the female detective as a working part of the police force during the Victorian era, and her depiction in fictional accounts of the time makes for a fascinating read. Questions that immediately come to mind, and are answered include – how active were the real women detectives? What were their roles? Did they capture criminals or leave that to the male detectives? Were they courageous and killed on duty? What was the attitude in the police force and wider society towards these women active on behalf of law enforcement? And then, moving on to consider how these women detectives and the cases they worked on in the real world were depicted in fiction, there are more questions. Did fiction portray women’s contributions in an exaggerated form or were they always seen as secondary to those of men? Were any fictional characters based on real women and their activities? What did fiction say about women detectives and how did this impact the audience for these novels?

Sara Lodge answers these questions in this stimulating read which blends so much information about the police force and women’s role in it, the depiction of women detectives in fiction and the social conditions which were so vividly described in print – fictional and factual. At the same time as being an academic work, with copious citations, an amazing bibliography and index, Lodge has produced a great read. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Miranda Smith The Writer Bookouture, April 2024. 

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Miranda Smith has written a well plotted novel, and amongst so many psychological thrillers where twists (flawed or not) appear to be the main source of attention, the ones she  has developed are clever, make sense, and are a seamless part of the narrative. This is not to say that they are unsurprising, they are, but frequently a writer appears to introduce twists that are so illogical it can only be surmised that they are fulfilling the requirements of the genre rather than developing a narrative that is satisfying. Miranda Smith manages the genre with dexterity. So, while there are surprises, there are also clues for the astute reader.

The characters resonate, both as writers and through the fiction they present to the small group that meets weekly. When their backstories are told, a further dimension of each woman is cleverly added to the narrative. The relationships between the women as writers and later as women with universal problems are well drawn. In comparison, the backstory and feelings exhibited by Becca, the narrator, seem obsessive, and almost questionable. Are her concerns valid? Is the nonchalance exhibited by the police to whom she voices her concerns a suitable response?  See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Amy McElroy Women’s Lives in the Tudor Era Pen & Sword, March 2024.

Thank you, NetGalley and Pen & Sword, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Amy McElroy’s book makes an excellent contribution to knowledge about women’s lives in the Tudor era. She does not make the mistake of omitting the information about the more well-known female figures. Instead, there is an engaging back and forth between women’s lives as they were lived at court, those who served them, and those whose work and lives contributed to the society in which the exceptional figures of history raised their heads to occasionally join the more well-known history of their male counterparts. Yes, a great deal more is known about the royal women and those at court, but Amy McElroy makes their lives even more available in this work. However, where she really excels is in the wealth of research she has undertaken to make other women’s lives in this period more accessible. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Australian Politics

Commonwealth of Australia

16 February 2025

Albanese Government clamping down on foreign purchase of established homes and land banking

Joint media release with
The Hon Jim Chalmers MP
Treasurer

The Albanese Government will ban foreign investors from buying established homes for at least two years and crack down on foreign land banking.

We’re coming at this housing challenge from every responsible angle.

This is all about easing pressure on our housing market at the same time as we build more homes.

These initiatives are a small but important part of our already big and broad housing agenda which is focused on boosting supply and helping more people into homes.

It’s a minor change, but a meaningful one because we know that every effort helps in addressing the housing challenge we’ve inherited.

We’re banning foreign purchases of established dwellings from 1 April 2025, until 31 March 2027. A review will be undertaken to determine whether it should be extended beyond this point.

The ban will mean Australians will be able to buy homes that would have otherwise been bought by foreign investors.

Until now, foreign investors have generally been barred from buying existing property except in limited circumstances, such as when they come to live here for work or study.

From 1 April 2025, foreign investors (including temporary residents and foreign‑owned companies) will no longer be able to purchase an established dwelling in Australia while the ban is in place unless an exception applies.

These limited exceptions will include investments that significantly increase housing supply or support the availability of housing supply, and for the Pacific Australia Labour Mobility (PALM) scheme.

We will also bolster the Australian Taxation Office’s (ATO) foreign investment compliance team to enforce the ban and enhance screening of foreign investment proposals relating to residential property by providing $5.7 million over 4 years from 2025–26.

This will ensure that the ban and exemptions are complied with and tough enforcement action is taken for any non‑compliance.

Alongside the temporary ban on foreign purchases of established dwellings, we will tackle land banking by foreign investors.

We’re cracking down on land banking by foreign investors to free up land to build more homes more quickly.

Foreign investors are subject to development conditions when they acquire vacant land in Australia to ensure that it is put to productive use within reasonable timeframes.

The Government is focused on making sure these rules are complied with and identifying any investors who are acquiring vacant land, not developing it while prices rise and then selling it for a profit.

This activity breaks the rules and results in delays to the development of essential residential housing and commercial developments.

We are providing the ATO and Treasury $8.9 million over four years from 2025–26 and $1.9 million ongoing from 2029–30 to implement an audit program and enhance their compliance approach to target land banking by foreign investors.

Foreign investors that have already acquired or are proposing to acquire vacant residential or non‑residential land will be subject to heightened scrutiny by the ATO and Treasury to ensure they comply with development conditions.

A temporary ban on foreign purchases of established dwellings, strengthened compliance activity by the ATO to enforce the ban, and an enhanced compliance approach by both the ATO and Treasury to discourage land banking by foreign investors will help ensure that foreign investment in housing is in our national interest.

The ATO and Treasury will publish updated policy guidance prior to the commencement of these changes.

These initiatives are an important part of the Albanese Government’s $32 billion Homes for Australia plan.

We’re investing more in housing than any government in history.

Peter Dutton and the Coalition have promised to cut tens of billions from housing and to halt construction on thousands of new homes by scrapping Labor’s Housing Australia Future Fund.

The housing crisis would only get worse under Peter Dutton.

The contrast is clear – Labor is all about more homes, the Liberals are all about more cuts.

We’ll continue to do everything we can to ease pressure on the housing market and build more homes, more quickly, in more parts of Australia.

Canadian Politics

Inside Story

Carney’s Canada

The high-profile banker turned prime minister is following through on his strategy of resistance

Jonathan Malloy Ottawa 4 February 2026 2694 words

Serious business: Mark Carney meeting last Thursday with provincial premiers at Canada’s Council of the Federation meeting in Ottawa. Government of British Columbia

Mark Carney is a serious man. Prime minister of Canada for just under a year, he is overwhelmingly preoccupied with responding to the upheavals of the second Trump administration. The tone of the prime minister’s office has drastically shifted from the mood encouraged by his predecessor Justin Trudeau. Carney has reportedly banned open-necked collars in favour of ties for men, and can be brusque and volatile with subordinates. He dresses in sombre dark suits with white shirts and unremarkable ties, eschewing the colourful socks of his predecessor. Even his leisure is focused; in September, he ran a half-marathon.

He also thinks big. His government is prioritising large infrastructure projects to increase Canadian economic autonomy, and the prime ministerial jet regularly wings its way overseas. In one seven-day period in January, he signed a trade deal in China, pitched investors in Qatar, and stopped at Davos to give a speech. And in that speech he captured headlines around the world by arguing the rules-based order on which international relations has been based since 1945 is fading and “comfortable assumptions” about prosperity and security are no longer valid.

The Trump administration has overturned rules and conventions around the world, but the effects feel particularly intimate in Canada. The proximate American border means the United States is a day-to-day reality for Canadians. Thousands of trucks carry tariff-free goods back and forth every day; just-in-time manufacturing supply chains straddle the border. At this frigid time of year, sun-seeking Canadian tourists flock to Florida and Arizona. While the border has gradually thickened since 9/11 — before which passports weren’t needed — crossing it for business or leisure remains a familiar routine for most Canadians.

This familiarity has been upended in two ways. One is Trump’s love of tariffs. His 2018 renegotiation of the US–Mexico–Canada free trade agreement, or USMCA, seemed arduous at the time; now Canada is desperate to retain that deal. As with all the administration’s trade policies, it is almost futile to list its ever-changing barrage of tariff announcements affecting Canada over the past year, nor to explain the logic behind most of them and how they fit with the USMCA.

The opening shot was Trump’s November 2024 announcement of 25 per cent tariffs on goods from Canada and Mexico. Since then numerous tariff announcements have been made and variously postponed, withdrawn or extended, the only clear result being uncertainty among Canadian exporters and general chaos and confusion.

The second upset is even more vague. Although it didn’t come up in his first administration, Trump now regularly flirts with annexing Canada, referring to it as the fifty-first state and striking at the greatest perennial fear in Canadian hearts. The seriousness of this project is never clear — it is often pointed out that it is not in the interest of Trump’s Republican Party to add tens of millions of likely Democratic voters — but the abstract implication is obvious: a lack of respect for Canadian sovereignty, whether or not its territory is occupied.

Into this uproar stepped Mark Carney. His predecessor Justin Trudeau was already on the political ropes in 2024; after nine years in power, the last five in minority governments, his poll numbers were anaemic. His Liberals were losing safe seats in by-elections, and memoirs were emerging from former ministers with little good to say about the boss. The country had lost enthusiasm for a celebrity prime minister who seemed unaware the love affair was over and refused to move on.

Canadian prime ministers are very hard to overthrow internally, but the second coming of Trump finally did the trick, creating a crisis atmosphere and missteps by Trudeau that triggered the resignation of his long-loyal deputy prime minister, Chrystia Freeland. Recognising the ride was over, Trudeau announced last 6 January his intention to step down.

This created opportunity for Carney. The Canadian-born former Goldman Sachs employee with an Oxford economics doctorate — a man who has served as governor of both the Bank of Canada and the Bank of England — had made little secret of his political ambitions. But while a regular at Liberal Party gatherings in recent years, Carney hesitated to take the plunge, and seemed only interested in starting at the top. The party had previously turned to an expatriate novice as leader: Michael Ignatieff, the Canadian-born public intellectual who had spent almost all his adult life in Britain. Tagged by his opponents as “Just Visiting,” Ignatieff led the party to its worst-ever defeat in 2011.

While Carney had a more substantive record of actually running things and had returned to Ottawa in 2020 after completing his term at the Bank of England, his golden resume gave little sense of his actual political skills, and he sometimes looked like any other of the many business titans who are convinced they could easily run the country if they didn’t have to waste time with parties and elections. Only through a very unusual set of circumstances could one imagine Prime Minister Carney.

And so here we are.

Carney’s assuming the prime ministership as an entry-level position was assisted not only by Trump but also by his party’s perilous parliamentary standing. An imminent vote of non-confidence and ominous polls were suggesting a wipeout. Under these circumstances most Trudeau ministers declined to run for leader, leaving only recent ex-minister Freeland and two others. Carney blew this group away on 9 March with 86 per cent of the party’s mass-membership vote. Sworn in as a seatless prime minister, he soon called an election for 28 April.

The party slightly improved its seat count in that election to just short of a majority, a reversal from the blowout expected under Trudeau. While tasting political success — including winning a suburban Ottawa constituency for himself — Carney now had to turn to the real task: responding to the double-barrelled American threat against trade and Canadian sovereignty itself.

Two general philosophies have developed about how to deal with the Trump administration, both in Canada and internationally. The first is to wait out the storm, confident that bluster is often just talk, tensions will ease, deals are still plentiful, and all the fuss will one day pass. But the second is that everything has changed, that Canada and the rest of the world can no longer anchor their foreign, trade and defence policies to the whims of a few swing votes in Wisconsin and Ohio.

Carney is decisively in the second camp. “The old relationship we had with the United States — based on deepening integration of our economies and tight security and military cooperation — is over,” he said soon after taking office. In the April election Carney adopted the ice hockey term “Elbows Up,” indicating he was ready to fight. In May, he invited Charles III to make a hurried trip to Canada to read the throne speech, the first royal reading since 1977, and the most symbolic way possible to emphasise Canada is not the United States.

His government boosted defence spending in response to Trump’s pressures on NATO countries to spend more, but directed it in non-American directions, and the government is now entertaining submarine bids from Germany and Korea and taking a serious look at cancelling Canada’s current order for American F-35 jets in favour of Sweden’s Gripen.

Carney also turned his gaze internationally in other ways, seeking new friends. By coincidence Canada was scheduled to host the G7 summit last June; while the guest list has been expanded in previous years, Carney took the opportunity to invite Anthony Albanese to pop by, along with the leaders of Mexico, India, Brazil, South Africa, South Korea and Ukraine; with Indonesia, Saudi Arabia, and the United Arab Emirates declining with regret.

And while Trump’s 2024 tariff threat frightened Justin Trudeau enough to prompt a frantic impromptu flight to Mar-a-Lago, Carney did not rise to Trump’s bait in the same way, ignoring or downplaying presidential provocations and showing less interest in putting the relationship back together. In turn his early hustle and mettle appeared to impress Trump, who at least initially addressed him by his correct title rather than “Governor,” as he regularly termed Trudeau.

To move Canada away from its dependence on American trade, the Carney government announced a new focus on “major projects” — such as pipelines, mining developments, and container terminals to accelerate Canadian exports — fast-tracking approvals and reducing regulatory delays. But much of that red tape was linked to environmental assessments and concerns, and Carney had built his post-banking career primarily as an environmental capitalist, leading climate-related investments and task forces and writing a lengthy book, Value(s), that questioned the modern market economy.

Now those earlier views have been paused or thrown out, depending on one’s perspective. The Liberal Party of Canada, the last great centrist catch-all party, has long been noted for its opportunistic instincts, but the flip from Trudeau to Carney remains breathtaking.

On his first day in office Carney curbed the consumer carbon tax, a Trudeau centrepiece that the opposition Conservatives had targeted with great success. In November, he parsed his words in declining to say Canada still had an explicit feminist foreign policy — another top Trudeau jewel. The low priority on environmental concerns under the new regime drove Stephen Guilbeault, a Trudeau-era minister, to resign from cabinet in September, with other reports of grumbling in the caucus. But Carney insists he has not changed his values: “I’m the same me. I’m focused on the same issues.” According to him, it’s merely a case of implementing change pragmatically.

Still, redirecting a century of trade in response to American policies isn’t easy. The quest to diversify markets is a perennial chestnut in Canadian trade policy, seen in John Diefenbaker’s attempt in the 1960s to reverse back to prioritising Britain and the Commonwealth, Pierre Trudeau’s “Third Option” in the 1970s, and Jean Chretien’s 1990s “Team Canada” trade missions to China and elsewhere. None of these made significant dents when the world’s largest and most dynamic economy was right next door. Instead, the 1988 Canada–US Free Trade Agreement and later NAFTA locked Canada in closer with preferential access, and Canada fought hard to retain this with the 2018 USMCA.

Trade challenges affect the vast Canadian economy in different ways. The Trump tariffs and threat to abandon the USMCA particularly threaten the manufacturing province of Ontario, which houses all the country’s auto assembly plants and other goods producers most at risk from Trump’s America-first policies. Energy-rich Alberta, by contrast, exports significant oil to the United States; though this is now possibly at risk from renewed Venezuelan competition, the province, often considered the most American part of Canada, has fewer trade fears.

In September, Ontario premier Doug Ford, always a colourful figure, poured a bottle of Crown Royal rye whisky onto the ground at a press conference, angered by the company’s plans to move some production from Ontario to the United States, and in January announced Crown Royal would be removed from government liquor stores entirely. But this sparked protests from the premiers of Manitoba and Quebec, where Crown Royal jobs remain.

Ontario’s Ford is a generally unpredictable maverick whose behaviour contrasts with Carney’s cool approach; in October his government ran ads in the United States featuring a Ronald Reagan speech decrying tariffs. The ads so enraged Trump that he called off formal trade talks with Canada, which remain suspended.

Still, Carney seems willing to make tough choices and tradeoffs in his quest to redirect the Canadian economy away from the United States. The centrepiece of his January trip to China was an agreement to lift the current 100 per cent tariffs on a limited number of Chinese-made electric vehicles into Canada, a policy that had been in lockstep with the United States. (The change immediately led to grumbling from Ford, worried about his auto sector.) In return, the Chinese lifted their own retaliatory tariffs on commodities like western Canadian canola and lobster from the Atlantic coast. Saskatchewan premier Scott Moe sat happily beside Carney in Beijing.

Other challenges are more thorny. While Carney is busy circling the globe, his party’s lack of a parliamentary majority means the rest of his legislative agenda back home is modest and stalled, and his Liberals are neck-in-neck in the polls with the opposition Conservatives. And while the standing joke a year ago was that Donald Trump had managed to bring the country together more effectively than any Canadian politician, regional tensions beyond trade are alive and well. Alberta, which has never felt it gets sufficient respect, is moving toward a referendum on separating from Canada; in Quebec the Parti Québécois, which initiated sovereignty referendums in 1980 and 1995, is leading in the polls for this year’s provincial election.

Still, Carney’s grand mission is assisted by the lack of obvious alternatives. Conservative leader Pierre Poilievre, who was poised a year ago for a huge majority against Trudeau, has struggled to come up with a clear Trump policy. He did increase the Tory vote in the April election, but he lost his own seat and was preoccupied for much of the Canadian autumn by two defections from his caucus to the Liberals and a looming leadership review. Trump offers him little to work with — once calling him “not a MAGA guy” — and must straddle camps: one November poll found Conservative supporters divided exactly 50–50 in their approval of Trump. (Two per cent of Liberal supporters approved of Trump.)

Poilievre’s strategy is to remind voters that not so long ago they greatly disliked Carney’s party, and to change the conversation to the general cost of living pressures and lack of opportunity that existed before Trump came back on the scene. Just last week Poilievre easily won his party leadership review with 87 per cent support. But among voters as a whole, Carney’s approval rating far exceeds his.

Not long ago, Denmark was in a territorial dispute with Canada. The countries had long disagreed over ownership of Hans Island, a tiny Arctic outpost between Greenland and Canada’s Ellesmere Island. For several decades, contingents from Denmark and Canada made alternating visits to the island, with a tradition of leaving behind a bottle of Gammel Dansk liquor or Canadian Club rye respectively to signal ownership. The matter was finally resolved in 2022 by dividing the island roughly in half.

Now, in 2026, Trump’s very different approach to Greenland, devoid of good-natured humour and exchanges of alcohol, and the American intervention in Venezuela and proclamation of the “Donroe Doctrine” have moved Canada’s concerns back from tariff worries to sovereignty itself. In January Trump resumed using his memes of stars-and-stripes covering the Canadian map, and his accelerated disdain for NATO and allies — including disparaging the contributions of Canada, Denmark and others in Afghanistan — was a reminder that his disruptions went well beyond trade.

It was in this context that Carney made his Davos speech. Without mentioning the president by name, he delivered a graduate seminar on great power rivalry, emphasising “we are in the midst of a rupture, not a transition” and calling for solidarity among middle powers — another perennial Canadian theme. His most provocative passage evoked a Vaclav Havel essay about people turning a blind eye to communism, unable or unwilling to acknowledge the reality of what was really going on.

“The powerful have their power,” Carney said. “But we have something too — the capacity to stop pretending, to name reality, to build our strength at home and to act together. That is Canada’s path.” Trump predictably reacted negatively in his own Davos speech the next day and again began titling Carney as “Governor.” When US treasury secretary Scott Bessent claimed that Carney recanted some of his “unfortunate remarks” in a subsequent phone call with the president, Carney responded: “I meant what I said in Davos.”

Another Canadian prime minister was in the audience for Carney’s remarks: Justin Trudeau, accompanied by his partner of the past year, American pop star Katy Perry. Trudeau also gave a speech at Davos, though it attracted little notice. Instead, all eyes were on the serious man from Canada. •

Jonathan Malloy

Jonathan Malloy holds the Bell Chair in Canadian Parliamentary Democracy at Carleton University in Ottawa.

Topics: Canada | politics | trade | United States

American Politics

Could Trump Really “Take Over” the Midterm Elections?

Robert Reich <robertreich@substack.com

The short answer is no, but he will try.

Here’s his strategy. Robert Reich Feb 3 

 Friends,

During an extended monologue about immigration on a podcast released yesterday by Dan Bongino, Trump’s former deputy F.B.I. director, Trump called for Republican officials to “take over” voting procedures in 15 states. (He didn’t say which 15, but the context was obvious: He was talking about states he lost in 2020 that are dominated by Democrats.)Trump asserted there are “states that are so crooked … that I won that show I didn’t win,” and again baselessly claimed that undocumented immigrants were allowed to vote illegally in 2020. “The Republicans should say, ‘We want to take over,’” he said. “We should take over the voting, the voting in at least many — 15 places. The Republicans ought to nationalize the voting.”

Trump then teased that there will be “some interesting things come out” of Georgia.

We all remember Trump trolling for “enough” votes in Georgia to reverse the outcome in 2020. Last week, the FBI executed a search warrant at a warehouse in Fulton County, Georgia (at the heart of right-wing conspiracy theories about the 2020 election) authorizing agents to seize all physical ballots from the 2020 election, voting machine tabulator tapes, images produced during the ballot count and voter rolls from that year.

The day after the Georgia search, Tulsi Gabbard, Director of National Intelligence, met with some of those FBI agents — reportedly at Trump’s personal request. Trump himself, on speaker phone, asked questions about their investigation.

This isn’t Georgia in Russia. This is the state of Georgia in America. What the hell is Gabbard — who’s supposed to be worried about foreign meddling in our elections —doing in our Georgia?

It doesn’t seem accidental that Pam Bondi’s “Weaponization Working Group” also convened yesterday, and pushed the Justice Department for “results in the next two months.” The Working Group’s goal is to figure out “how to reenergize probes” into federal and local officials who investigated Trump’s actions.

My friends, you know what’s going on as well as I do.

Trump is justifiably worried about the 2026 midterms. His polls are tanking. The Epstein files aren’t looking good. The economy is shitty. At this rate, Democrats are likely to sweep both chambers of Congress.

If that happens, starting in January 2027 Trump will face a constant barrage of hearings, inquiries, and even (as he’s said several times) impeachment votes. It’s not a stretch to predict that the Senate might convict him of impeachable offenses — in which case he’s out on his ass.

So Trump figures that now is the time — some nine and a half months before the midterm elections — to get Bondi’s Justice Department, the FBI, and even Gabbard’s national intelligence apparatus geared up for a “take over” of state voting.

Recall that in August, while complaining in a Truth Social post about mail-in voting, Trump said he would sign an executive order that would “help bring HONESTY” to this year’s midterm elections. Trump posted: “Remember, the states are merely an ‘agent’ for the Federal Government in counting and tabulating the votes. They must do what the Federal Government, as represented by the President of the United States, tells them, FOR THE GOOD OF OUR COUNTRY, to do.”Hello?

Let’s pause for a moment to consider the United States Constitution. It gives states — not the federal government — the power over elections. States, in turn, have delegated much of the actual work to county and municipal officials in thousands of precincts across the country.

While Congress has exercised some power over elections — creating a national Election Day, requiring states to ensure that voter rolls are accurate, and outlawing discrimination in voting (the Supreme Court has already eviscerated Section 5 of the Voting Rights Act and seems now on the verge of gutting Section 2) — states run elections under their own laws and procedures.

Would Trump’s Republican lackeys in Congress go along with a putative “takeover” of state election processes that “nationalized” the voting?Some might, but not nearly enough. Their margins in the House and Senate are too small, many of them are already fighting for re-election in districts or states that are shifting against Trump, and in recent weeks several have voted contrary to what Trump wanted (i.e. the Epstein files).Could Trump merely declare a takeover by Executive Order? He could try, but not even his pliant Supreme Court would go along with it.

So what’s he up to?

Think a many-pronged strategy involving Justice, FBI, CIA, and also Homeland Security and possibly the Department of Defense.Imagine that over the next nine and a half months Bondi, Patel, Gabbard, Noem, and Hegseth all get to work — with the objective of causing enough Americans to worry about voting in the midterms, or doubt that their votes will count in the midterms, that they don’t bother.

There’ll be a steady drum-beat of allegations and investigations into voting, accompanied FBI and Justice Department seizures of voter rolls — and by ICE and Border Patrol raids — all centered on American cities where most Democratic voters live.

Is it too far-fetched to believe that this is Trump’s strategy — bypassing Congress and the Supreme Court — using the investigative and enforcement arms of the executive branch to intimidate Democratic voters or cause them to become so cynical about the whole process that they don’t vote?

I do. And the appropriate response is to fight back. Democratic leaders must say over and over again: You have a right to vote. Trump can’t take it away. Your vote counts. This is your country. And they must sue the hell out of the Trump regime.

Secret London

Are you enjoying Secret London?You can subscribe here to receive the latest news and events from us every Monday, and join our growing community of London lovers!

This Stunning Fairytale Fortress Is One Of The Most Picturesque And Romantic Ancient Monuments In Britain – And It’s Just 90 Minutes From London

Drenched in fascinating history; this magical medieval castle should be immediately added to your must-visit list.

 Katie Forge – Staff Writer • 28 January, 2026

Aerial view of Bodiam Castle, a 14th-century medieval fortress with a moat and soaring towers
Credit: Roberto La Rosa, Shutterstock

If it isn’t just me that finds the idea of escaping the chaos of the capital and spending the day reenacting a scene fit for a fairytale incredibly appealing, please allow me to point you in the rather enchanting direction of Robertsbridge. Because that, my friends, is where you’ll find the jaw-droppingly gorgeous Bodiam Castle; a medieval fortress, surrounded almost entirely by water, which – quite literally – looks like it’s been plucked from the pages of a children’s storybook.

Bodiam Castle

Picture-perfectly perched just 90 minutes from London; this 14th century castle certainly has its fair share of stories to tell. Bodiam Castle was built back in 1385 by Sir Edward Dalyngrigge (a former knight of King Edward III), and its original purpose was to defend the area against invasion during the Hundred Years War. The possession of the fortress passed through many hands over the following years, until it was eventually left in ruins following the Civil War.

In the early 20th century, Bodiam Castle was snapped up by Lord Curzon (a prominent British statesman at the time), and he worked with an architect to repair the castle’s structure and preserve the ruins. Upon Curzon’s death, the castle was plonked in the reliable hands of the National Trust, and – well… the rest is history, really.

A medieval castle surrounded by a moat
Credit: Tomas Marek, Shutterstock
Visiting Bodiam Castle

Hailed one of the most romantic and picturesque ancient monuments in Britain; Bodiam Castle is well-worth a visit. Although much of the castle’s interior is lost, you can still take a peek inside once you actually manage to make it over to the castle. It’s almost entirely surrounded by a huge moat, and is only accessible via a long bridge that crosses to an original medieval stone platform. Stepping inside the castle is like travelling back in time, and visitors can climb the towers, walk the walls, and get up close and personal with many original features that have survived to tell the tale.

The Article https://www.thearticle.com/?force_home=1

Why do we love police procedurals?

After tea in the late 1940s, Dick Barton, Special Agent, solving crimes and saving Britain with much derring-do, was on the BBC Radio Light Programme.  In 1954, the 10-inch television brought Sherlock Holmes into the sitting room from Baker Street, and a year later the kindly constable Dixon of Dock Green from London’s East End.  Policing got rougher in the 1960s with Z-cars.  By the 1990s, detectives were getting above themselves, with Morse listening to classical music and frequenting Oxford university, or the immaculate Poirot exposing posh villains.  You could also watch Maigret,  Commissaire in the Parisian Brigade Criminelle, catching sundry French criminals.

For as long as the medium has existed, police procedurals have been as much part of British TV as football.  They have a distinctive formal structure: predictable set-piece moments raising expectations and players with defined roles.  There’s the police chief trying to close the case, the ill-matched pair of cops who grow in mutual respect, the corrupt detective taking back-handers or the honest detective taken off the case, only to solve it.  These days the sleuths are as likely to be American or Continental as British, but the plot lines remain the same. With Line of DutyThe KillingPatience and many other series, you could join the investigations any evening of the week.  

The procedural’s formulary, like Evensong’s, is predictable, comforting and contains moral messages.  And you are safely at home on the sofa, ready for surprises, though aware, more or less, of what’s coming next.   If you don’t know, you haven’t watched enough.  Take opening scenes.  The purpose of showing an expanse of water, river, lake or sea is to allow the camera to close in on a body being washed up, floating face downwards.  A body face upwards, especially in swimming pools, indicates recreation, corrupt company and the promise of scant bikinis.   Recreation by joggers in parks, woods or countryside will inevitably be spoilt; a leg or hand carelessly sticking out of the ground or grass ends any chance of achieving their personal best.  If jogging with a dog, it’s a certainty the dog will disappear barking into the bushes.  And it’s not because of a rabbit.  Dogs have much to complain about their parts, often getting drugged or killed for barking out of turn. Though some receive a lot of patting, usually a sign that a character is a good guy.

Contemporary police dramas have found new ways to signal which character is good and which bad.  The detective used to look fondly at their child at bedtime, tuck them up, and gently shut the bedroom door.   That was a really good guy about to have a hard time before things came right.  If an American, he was likely to get shot.  Or the child was going to be kidnapped. Or both. But today we know the detective is a good person if he or she has a parent with dementia, visits them in the care home and is a dutiful son or daughter.   All good domestic signals.

After the discovery of the body, alone or with a subordinate, the lead detective arrives, establishing the all-important police hierarchy.  The lifting of the blue-and-white tapes and the ceremonial ducking under are followed by complaints that junior uniformed police have allowed contamination of the crime scene.  This is extras’ big moment: to look sheepish.

The next set-piece, the morgue, features the ritual with the forensic pathologist pulling down the white sheet that covers the corpse to reveal an actor with a remarkable ability not to blink.  In case you’re not convinced the body on the trolley is dead, there often follows a funeral or burial scene with someone standing at a distance from the action: either a mystery figure or the detective.  All very predictable.

But fear not, the creative spirit of TV or cinema isn’t dead — not yet.   After the preliminaries, it’s time for intensive detective work – and for some viewers, beset by flash-backs and red-herrings, to lose track of the plot.  Time for countless murder investigators to develop their different characters through varied, but mostly miserable, relationships.  It’s a poor show if the hero isn’t estranged from his daughter, divorced, alcoholic, extremely grumpy or, more recently, putting autistic skills to good use.  Female detectives are specially burdened, often  dealing with a disrupted work-life balance, caring for rebellious teenagers and fathers with dementia.  Visits to care homes fill dull moments between action.  Dona Leon’s contented, connubial Venetian Commissario Brunetti, with his academic wife who makes tasty Italian family meals, reached German TV and Amazon Prime, the exception that proves the rule.

We now expect certain scenes to involve modern police kit: helicopters, drone shots, CCTV replaysmobile phones which ring at critical moments, and laptops.  In fact, we know a computer geek, preferably hairy and dishevelled, will be needed to make a crucial discovery.  But cars remain very important.  People cuffed, or having buddy conversations, are endlessly getting in and out of them, when they are not being blown up in them.   Though cars are still petrol-driven.  No shoot-outs while recharging – yet.  Chases are still indispensable to the action, ideally with spectacular crashes along the way.

A less pleasant innovation is the toilet scene featuring much unzipping in the Men’s.   The Back Alley, complete with dustbins, once the number one venue for fights, is being replaced by the Toilet.  Women detectives spot women suspects hiding guns in cisterns or changing their clothes behind lavatory doors. Or vomiting.  Someone being sick demonstrates they’re hungover, or afraid, or upset.  Directors need to pull the plug on such excesses of realism.

So all praise to Brendan Gleeson’s Bill Hodges, a retired cop tracking down the damaged, psychopathic killer, Brady Hartsfield, in Mr. Mercedes,  based faultlessly on Stephen King’s spooky trilogy, now streaming on Netflix.  Mr. Mercedes partly cracks the mold.  (Spoiler alert.) The opening scene is a view of a crowd queuing  in line for employment, not a lake or forest in sight.   A stolen car is the murder weapon.  Hodges is pursued (unsuccessfully) by the amorous widow next door.  He has a pet tortoise.  His police buddy Peter dies of natural causes but he’s helped by two captivating young people, Jerome and Holly, who befriend him and do his laptop tracking.   The killer’s mum is poisoned.  Jerome’s dog is spared.  Several characters have premonitions.  In the just-in-time ending Hodges finds the killer but has a heart attack, flagged for several episodes, and is unable to arrest him.

But there are also the set-pieces.  A car that blows up.  A  preternaturally clever villain.  Hodges, overweight, unfit, grumpy but charming, courageous and kind, is fixated on an unsolved case and conducts an off-piste investigation.  He’s alienated from his daughter,  drinks a lot and lives on his own. Brian Gleeson is Bill Hodges just as Alec Guiness was, and always will be, John le Carré’s Smiley.

What is the appeal of these dramas? They provide an hour or so of relative predictability in a world where we don’t know what’s going to happen next,  a world overtaken by darkness, dominated by  powerful autocrats with scant regard for human life.  Watching, we enter another world where the good cop, or private eye, sleuth, or journalist, with their multiple quirks and defects, some like ours, defy the odds to defeat the clever murderous villain.   What’s not to like? In the police procedural at least, there is justice after all.

Where is The Bill in this article? Surely it deserved a mention?

Henry Oliver from The Common Reader <commonreader@substack.com> 

Subscribe here  The Common Reader Hermione Lee: Tom Stoppard. “…0:0056:57 Listen now Hermione Lee: Tom Stoppard. “It’s Wanting to Know That Makes Us Matter” Shaw, Turgenev, Eliot, Beckett, rehearsals, politics, rehearsals, Carey, Woolf, Brian Moore. Henry Oliver Feb 4

Hermione Lee: Tom Stoppard. “It’s Wanting to Know That Makes Us Matter” Henry Oliver, February 4, 2026.

Hermione Lee is the renowned biographer of Virginia Woolf, Edith Wharton, Penelope Fitzgerald, and, most recently, Tom Stoppard. *Stoppard died at the end of last year, so Hermione and I talked about the influence of Shaw and Eliot and Coward on his work, the recent production of The Invention of Love, the role of ideas in Stoppard’s writing, his writing process, rehearsals, revivals, movies. We also talked about John Carey, Brian Moore, Virginia Woolf as a critic. Hermione is Emeritus Professor of English Literature at the University of Oxford. Her life of Anita Brooker will be released in September.

Transcript

Henry Oliver: Today I have the great pleasure of talking to Professor Dame Hermione Lee. Hermione was the first woman to be appointed Goldsmiths’ Professor of English Literature at the University of Oxford, and she is the most renowned and admired living English biographer. She wrote a seminal life of Virginia Woolf. She’s written splendid books about people like Willa Cather, Edith Wharton, and my own favorite, Penelope Fitzgerald. And most recently she has been the biographer of Tom Stoppard, and I believe this year she has a new book coming out about Anita Brookner. Hermione, welcome.

Hermione Lee: Thank you very much.

Oliver: We’re mostly going to talk about Tom Stoppard because he, sadly, just died. But I might have a few questions about your broader career at the end. So tell me first how Shavian is Stoppard’s work?

Lee: He would reply “very close Shavian,” when asked that question. I think there are similarities. There are obviously similarities in the delighting forceful intellectual play, and you see that very much in Jumpers where after all the central character is a philosopher, a bit of a bonkers philosopher, but still a very rational one.

And you see it in someone like Henry, the playwright in The Real Thing, who always has an answer to every argument. He may be quite wrong, but he is full of the sort of zest of argument, the passion for argument. And I think that kind of delight in making things intellectually clear and the pleasure in argument is very Shavian.

Where I think they differ and where I think is really more like Chekov, or more like Beckett or more in his early work, the dialogues in T. S. Elliot, and less like Shaw is in a kind of underlying strangeness or melancholy or sense of fate or sense of mortality that rings through almost all the plays, even the very, very funny ones. And I don’t think I find that in Shaw. My prime reading time for Shaw was between 15 and 19, when I thought that Shaw was the most brilliant grownup that one could possibly be listening to, and I think now I feel less impressed by him and a bit more impatient with him.

And I also think that Shaw is much more in the business of resolving moral dilemmas. So in something like Arms and the Man or Man and Superman, you will get a kind of resolution, you will get a sort of sense of this is what we’re meant to be agreeing with.

Whereas I think quite often one of the fascinating things about Stoppard is the way that he will give all sides of the question; he will embody all sides of the question. And I think his alter ego there is not Shaw, but the character of Turgenev in The Coast of Utopia, who is constantly being nagged by his radical political friends to make his mind up and to have a point of view and come down on one side or the other. And Turgenev says, I take every point of view.

Oliver: I must confess, I find The Coast of Utopia a little dull compared to Stoppard’s other work.

Lee: It’s long. Yes. I don’t find it dull. But I think it may be a play to read possibly more than a play to see now. And you’re never going to get it put on again anyway because the cast is too big. And who’s going to put on a nine-hour free play, 50 people cast about 19th-century Russian revolutionaries? Nobody, I would think.

But I find it very absorbing actually. And partly because I’m so interested in Isaiah Berlin, who is a very strong presence in the anti-utopianism of those plays. But that’s a matter of opinion.

Oliver: No. I like Berlin. One thing about Stoppard that’s un-Shavian is that he says his plays begin as a noise or an image or a scene, and then we think of him as this very thinking writer. But is he really more of an intuitive writer?

Lee: I think it’s a terribly good question. I think it gets right at the heart of the matter, and I think it’s both. Sorry, I sound like Turgenev, not making my mind up. But yes, there is an image or there is an idea, or there are often two ideas, as it were, the birth of quantum physics and 18th-century landscape gardening. Who else but Stoppard would put those two things in one play, Arcadia, and have you think about both at once. See Further Commentary and Articles arising from Books* and continued longer articles as noted in the blog. for the complete interview.

*See my review of Hermione Lee: Tom Stoppard. “It’s Wanting to Know That Makes Us Matter” in my blog, 2 March, 2022.

Week beginning 28 January 2026

Craig Leddy Fast Forward The Birth of Video Streaming, Media’s Wild Child Köehler Books, September 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

In the 1960s I read Ernie Kovac’s TV Medium Rare. It was an amusing insight into television in its early days of male executives, beauty pageants and traditional families with women playing subordinate roles. However, it also fostered the notion that progress was vital, would occur, and that excellence in television was an admirable aspiration. The novel was an extremely readable, and exciting – television was new and there were mysteries to be unravelled. Fast Forward is about another innovation in screen communication through programming. Although it is non-fiction, so has none of the advantages of creating a fictional story that carries the reader through a myriad of technical information, it is engaging. A person versed in technology would find it less demanding than I. However, I was reminded of that early story of aspiration and was pleased to rejoin it over thirty years later.

In the story of the aspiration to build an interactive network, the narrative unearths, debates, and describes digital, broadband, and streaming research and implementation. Disaster is never far from the aspiration, and at times overtakes the ‘Digital Warriors’, as one chapter is titled. Much of the narrative is not too challenging. However, some of the detail is certainly for the technologically educated.
Exciting titles, including the previously mentioned, ‘Digital Warriors’, not only enhance the text, but promote the legitimate image that this is the story of an adventure. ‘The Race Begins’, ‘Under Siege’, ‘Launch Day’ and the ‘Oh Jesus Switch’, ‘From the Ashes’ and ‘Blind Faith’ are fine descriptors of the content. ‘Doom and Redemption’ is an excellent chapter in which today’s technology – smart TVs, laptops, iPads, game players, and streaming devices – brings to even the most technologically challenged much appreciated familiarity. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Bruce Belland, Icons, Idols and Idiots of Hollywood – My Adventures in America’s First Boy Band, Bear Manor Media July 2023.

Thank you NetGalley for this uncorrected proof for review.

Bruce Belland’s story of the Four Preps, named in haste during their first public appearance, is a delightful, informative and inspiring read. I say inspiring because it is the story of young people who followed their first love, being members of a band producing popular chart worthy music, recognition that their aspirations had to change, and willingness to do so  …and again, successfully. Their journey from meeting at Hollywood High School, through their development as chart favourites, to the advent of The Beatles and new music styles which resulted  group’s  break up in 1969 and move into other professions, is wonderfully told by Bruce Belland. Belland seems to be a mixture of humility; self-confidence verging on arrogance; self-awareness and the concomitant self-deprecation; and 1950s sexism, later tempered by awareness so that he recognises this and talks of feminism. He is an excellent storyteller and communicator, and this, together with the  intelligence which shines throughout this work makes Icons, Idols and Idiots of Hollywood – My Adventures in America’s First Boy Band a worthy read, even if you have never heard of “26 Miles”.

The book is arranged well, with the band’s story taking up a major part of the work, with minor asides to the young men’s personal lives. These form the later part of the book, given their due as a memoir to their partners, failed and successful marriages, health issues, and the deaths of Bellamy’s long-time companions in The Four Preps.  Here the details of the lives the band members made for themselves after The Four Preps disbanded also make fascinating stories. They certainly were successes after their glory days on the popular music charts. These stories, while less detailed, fraught and exciting than their early successes demonstrate the men’s willingness to relinquish a dream that served them well and move into other lives – something that is never easy to do. It is Bellamy’s ability to weave a story that remains positive, while showing all the pitfalls and problems, which make this a unique read. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Kerry Wilkinson Tag, You’re It Bookouture, January 2026.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Any number of novels have been set in the confines of a reality television program. This is one of the best.  Kerry Wilkinson has established a believable scenario for the television game, and for the secrets that are eventually untangled. Jessie is the keeper of several secrets, from the beginning of the game to the end. Her character is developed through her participation in the game, her relationships with the other participants, and her inner reflections. Other characters become friends (maybe), people to avoid or actively dislike, people about whom, while glances are exchanged, Jessie remains wary.

Alliances form and fall apart as the game proceeds. The dominant mindset during eliminations quickly becomes ‘anyone but me’. While the cash prize is a major motivator, so too is each contestant’s desire to stay in the game and assert control over the competition and the others. For some, personal motives for participating govern behaviour. The subtlety with which these elements are concealed—despite the presence of clues—evokes Agatha Christie’s remarkable skill in constructing such narratives. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

American Politics

Heather Cox Richardson from Letters from an American <heathercoxrichardson@substack.com> 24 January 2026

Forwarded this email? Subscribe here for more

This morning, on a street in Minneapolis, at least seven federal agents tackled and then shot and killed Alex Jeffrey Pretti, a 37-year-old ICU nurse for the local VA hospital.

Video from the scene shows Pretti directing traffic on a street out of an area with agents around, then trying to help another person get up after she had been pushed to the ground by the agents. The agents then surround Pretti and shoot pepper spray into his face, then pull him to the ground from behind and hit him as he appears to be trying to keep his head off the ground. An agent appears to take a gun out of Pretti’s waistband during the struggle, then turns and leaves with it. A shot then stops Pretti’s movements, appearing to kill him, before nine more shots ring out, apparently as agents continued to fire into his body.

It looked like an execution.

After he was dead, the agents walked away, apparently making no effort to preserve the crime scene, which people on the street later tried to secure by walling it off with trash bins.

As journalist Philip Bump noted, administration officials didn’t even pretend to wait for more information before jumping straight to “the opponent of the state deserved it.”

Mitch Smith of the New York Times reported that federal agents have blocked state investigators from the scene. Drew Evans of the Minnesota Bureau of Criminal Apprehension, a statewide investigations team that specializes in police shootings, told reporters his agency had obtained a search warrant—a rare step—but the federal government still refused them access.

Tonight, in a lawsuit against Homeland Security secretary Kristi Noem and other administration officials, Minnesota attorney general Keith Ellison asked a judge for a temporary restraining order to prevent DHS agents from destroying evidence related to the shooting. The suit noted the “astonishing” departure from normal investigations, seemingly trying not to preserve evidence but to destroy it. A judge, who was appointed to the bench by Trump, immediately granted the restraining order, barring the administration from “destroying or altering evidence” concerning the killing.

Ernesto Londoño of the New York Times reported that federal officials also “have refused to disclose the identities of federal agents involved in Saturday’s shooting, as well as the names of federal agents who have shot people in recent days.”

Minnesota police have refused to obey the federal officers, though. Local law enforcement has been talking to witnesses and finding videos of the shooting. Minneapolis police chief Brian O’Hara said at a press conference: “Our demand today is for those federal agencies that are operating in our city to do so with the same discipline, humanity, and integrity that effective law enforcement in this country demands. We urge everyone to remain peaceful.”

The Department of Homeland Security (DHS) has said that it, rather than the FBI, will investigate the shooting. But, as Alex Witt of MS NOW noted, DHS had already issued a statement about the shooting, which falsely asserted that Pretti had “approached US Border Patrol officers with a 9 mm semi-automatic handgun” and that he “violently resisted” as “officers attempted to disarm” him. The statement continued that “an agent fired defensive shots” and added that Pretti “also had 2 magazines and no ID—this looks like a situation where an individual wanted to do maximum damage and massacre law enforcement.”

“So,” Witt noted, “they’re gonna be investigating that which they’ve already issued a summary about…. It would seem that it’s a closed book?”After repeatedly being exposed as liars over previous accusations against those they have shot, the Department of Homeland Security has so little credibility that Witt is not the only journalist calling out the federal agents for lying. Devon Lum of the New York Times wrote: “Videos on social media that were verified by The New York Times contradict the Department of Homeland Security’s account of the fatal shooting of a man by federal agents in Minneapolis on Saturday morning.“

The Department of Homeland Security said the episode began after a man approached Border Patrol agents with a handgun and they tried to disarm him. But footage from the scene shows the man was holding a phone in his hand, not a gun, when federal agents took him to the ground and shot him.”

But lying to the American people is the only option for the administration when we can, once again, all see what happened with our own eyes. Pretti did have a permit for a concealed handgun and appeared to have carried the gun with him, although witnesses say he never reached for it. Tonight Noem doubled down on the lie, saying again: “This looks like a situation where an individual arrived at the scene to inflict maximum damage on individuals and to kill law enforcement.”

When the Democratic Party’s social media account posted: “ICE agents shot and killed another person in Minneapolis this morning. Get ICE out of Minnesota NOW,” White House deputy chief of staff Stephen Miller replied: “A would-be assassin tried to murder federal law enforcement and the official Democrat account sides with the terrorists.” The Democrats’ social media account responded: “You’re a f*cking liar with blood on your hands.”

Miller continued to bang that drum. When Senator Chris Murphy (D-CT) said that “ICE must leave Minneapolis” and that “Congress should not fund this version of ICE—this is seeking confirmation, chaos, and dystopia,” Miller responded: “An assassin tried to murder federal agents and this is your response.” When Minnesota Senator Amy Klobuchar similarly decried the killing, Miller responded: “A domestic terrorist tried to assassinate federal law enforcement and this is your response? You and the state’s entire Democrat leadership team have been flaming the flames of insurrection for the singular purpose of stopping the deportation of illegals who invaded the country.”

Miller is a white nationalist, who has recommended others read a dystopian novel in which people of color “invade” Europe and destroy “Western civilization.” Those who support immigration are, in the book’s telling, enemies who are abetting an “invasion”—a word Miller relies on—that is destroying the culture of white countries. They are working for the “enemy.”

In the wake of Pretti’s shooting, Attorney General Pam Bondi wrote to Minnesota governor Tim Walz to suggest he could “bring back law and order to Minnesota” if he handed over the state’s voter rolls to the Department of Justice. As Jacob Knutson of Democracy Docket noted, she explicitly tied the administration’s violence in the state to its determination to get its hands on voters’ personal data before the 2026 election. Minnesota has voted for the Democratic candidate running against Trump in the past three presidential elections, but he insists that he really has won the state each time.

As G. Elliott Morris of Strength in Numbers wrote: Republicans could stop this at any time they wanted to.“

All it would take to end the murder of American citizens by an untrained government goon squad is 16 Republicans in Congress voting with Dem[ocrat]s to defund ICE (or 23 to impeach and remove Trump—3 in House & 20 in Senate). That’s it. 23 Americans can vote for the public and end all of this.”

Morris also pointed out that in December, Trump’s approval rating was negative in 40 states, including 10 he won in 2024. That covers 30 seats currently held by Republicans. Pretti’s shooting will likely erode Trump’s support further. Tonight, even right-wing podcaster Tim Pool reacted to Pretti’s killing by noting that it looked as if the agent had disarmed Pretti before the other agents shot him. “I don’t see Trump winning this one,” Pool commented.

The funding bill for DHS is effectively dead in the Senate, as Democrats have said they will not support any more funding for DHS. Tonight, Senate minority leader Chuck Schumer (D-NY) told reporters: “Senate Democrats will not provide the votes to proceed to the appropriations bill if the DHS funding bill is included.” But the July law the Republicans call the One Big Beautiful Bill Act poured nearly $191 billion into DHS through September 30, 2029, with almost $75 billion going to ICE and $67 billion going to Customs and Border Protection (FEMA, the Federal Emergency Management Agency, got just $2.9 billion).

Representative Seth Moulton (D-MA) had more to say: “​​What we just saw this morning on the streets of Minneapolis is another outright murder by federal officials. And let me just be clear, those federal ICE officers are absolute cowards. I am a Marine veteran standing here telling you to your face they are unprofessional, pathetic cowards. Because if a Marine, an 18 year old Marine, did that in Iraq in the middle of a war zone, he would be court martialed because it is murder. And you pathetic little cowards who have to wear face masks because you’re so damn scared, couldn’t even effectively wrestle a guy [to] the ground, so you needed to shoot him? This is why ICE needs to be prosecuted. Yeah, I voted to defund it, but ICE, you need to be prosecuted, and Director [Todd] Lyons, who’s running ICE right now, I hope you’re hearing this from this Marine to you. You guys are criminal thugs. You need to be held accountable to law if you think you can enforce it, and you need to be prosecuted right now.”

Just hours after the killing of Alex Pretti, agents pinned U.S. citizen Matthew James Allen to the street while he screamed: “I have done nothing at all. My name is Matthew James…Allen. I’m a United States citizen…. You’re gonna kill me! Is that what you want? You want to kill me? You want to kill me on the street? You’re going to have to f*cking kill me! I have done nothing wrong.” Nearby, his sobbing wife screamed: “Stop please! Stop!! Please!! We were just running away from the gas. That’s all we were doing.”

“We all know the poem,” Blue Missouri executive director Jess Piper wrote, “and there is no shade of white that will save you from this murderous regime.”

Tonight, Susan and Michael Pretti, the parents of Alex Jeffrey Pretti, issued a statement: “We are heartbroken but also very angry,” they said.“ Alex was a kindhearted soul who cared deeply for his family and friends and also the American veterans whom he cared for as an ICU nurse at the Minneapolis VA hospital. Alex wanted to make a difference in this world. Unfortunately, he will not be with us to see his impact.

“I do not throw around the ‘hero’ term lightly. However, his last thought and act was to protect a woman. The sickening lies told about our son by the administration are reprehensible and disgusting. Alex is clearly not holding a gun when attacked by Trump’s murdering and cowardly ICE thugs. He had his phone in his right hand and his empty left hand is raised above his head while trying to protect the woman ICE just pushed down, all while being pepper sprayed.

“Please get the truth out about our son. He was a good man.”— See Further Commentary and Articles arising from Books* and continued longer articles as noted in the blog. for the notes.

Occupy Democrats 

26 January at 16:46 ·

BREAKING: National Youth Poet Laureate Amanda Gorman *composes a powerful poem about the tragic murder of Alex Pretti at the hands of Trump’s masked enforcers.

Gorman is well known for writing and delivering her poem “The Hill We Climb” at President Joe Biden’s inauguration and previously penned a poem about the killing of Renee Good.

“For Alex Jeffrey Pretti”

Murdered by I.C.E. January 24, 2026

by Amanda Gorman

We wake with

no words, just woe

& wound. Our own country shoot

ing us in the back is not just brutal

ity; it’s jarring betrayal; not enforcement,

but execution. A message: Love your people & you

will die. Yet our greatest threat isn’t the outsiders

among us, but those among us who never look

within. Fear not the those without papers, but those

without conscience. Know that to care intensively,

united, is to carry both pain-dark horror for today

& a profound, daring hope for tomorrow. We can feel

we have nothing to give, & still belove this world wait

ing, trembling to change. If we cannot find words, may

we find the will; if we ever lose hope, may we never lose our

humanity. The only undying thing is mercy, the courage to open

ourselves like doors, hug our neighbor,

& save one more bright, impossible life

*See my blog, 28 July 2021, for a review of biography of Amanda Gorman, Work Up: The Life of Amanda Gorman by Marc Shapiro, Avenue Books, 2021.

British Politics


Tom Watson’s Newsletter

Andy Burnham’s Coup? The case for taking soup and avoiding fights

Jan 25, 2026

“I have never taken part in a coup against any leader of the Labour Party and I am not going to start now.”

Andy Burnham, Morning Star, June 2016

Break bread, take soup, make friends

I remember the day Jeremy Corbyn won the Labour leadership and Andy Burnham did not. I had been quietly looking forward to being Andy’s deputy. I thought we could have worked well together: modernising campaigning, dragging the party machine into the digital age and helping him connect with voters we had lost over the previous decade. I liked him very much and still do. Instead, history took a different turn, as it so often does in Labour politics.

What most people with experience, scar tissue and a working knowledge of how Labour rows tend to metastasise want from this latest episode is disarmingly simple. Andy Burnham and Keir Starmer should meet. In person. In a room. With chairs. That Keir is Prime Minister does not remove the light administrative obligation of also leading the Labour Party. They should talk. They should break bread. Preferably eat something neutral, a soup perhaps, that commits them to a working together plan. Lucy Powell would be an ideal facilitator, partly because she is good at this sort of thing and partly because, well, who else is going to do it?

If that conversation flourishes, Andy should then be allowed to make his case to Labour members in Gorton and Denton. In particular, he should explain how he intends to honour the pledge he made a decade ago, when he was one of the few shadow cabinet members who stayed put after more than half the shadow cabinet resigned, including Keir Starmer and Lucy Powell. That moment also created the vacancy that Angela Rayner stepped into. Labour politics, like geology, is shaped by sudden ruptures followed by long periods of ironic denial.

Members in Greater Manchester would also want answers to a more prosaic question. How would Andy guarantee that the byelection to replace him would be won and paid for? Optimism is a fine quality but it does not, on its own, cover printing costs.

At present, this feels less like a careful search for the best person to represent the people of Gorton and Denton and more like a power struggle conducted through briefing, counter briefing and the competitive rewriting of recent history.

If Andy were to pass the NEC panel, be selected by members and then elected by voters, I would be genuinely pleased to see him working as a minister alongside Keir Starmer and the rest of the team. Stranger things have happened. Quite a lot of them, in fact, and often very recently.

Is that utopian? Possibly. But pessimism has had a long run in Labour politics lately and has not always worn well.

Tom Watson

Tom Watson’s suggested soup and talk did not take place, and Andy Burnam was refused the right to stand. Watson has followed up this decision in his next newsletter.

A small adjustment to democracy

Tom Watson <tomwatsonofficial@substack.com> Mon 26 Jan, 20:03

Forwarded this email? Subscribe here for more

Why Andy Burnham cannot stand, Dave Nellist must not and everyone agrees this was handled very seriously.J

There is a brisk trade on X in democratic outrage. On Sunday, demand was high. That outrage was inevitable. If I were an officer of the NEC, I would not have handled it in quite this way.

The latest scandal concerns the blocking Andy Burnham from standing in a by-election. This is being treated as a unique constitutional offence. A never-before-seen innovation in political wrongdoing. Democracy, we are told, has been rejected in favour of cowardice.

History, irritatingly, refuses to cooperate.

Because while Labour has been busy asking Andy to remain exactly where he is, Jeremy Corbyn’s new party has been doing something remarkably similar. Former Labour MP Dave Nellist has been barred from standing for the executive of Jeremy’s party, which for the avoidance of doubt is called Your Party.

This was done democratically. Centrally. With great seriousness.

Dave Nellist is not an unfamiliar figure. He is a veteran of the Militant Tendency. A Coventry councillor. A former MP. A man so steeped in revolutionary socialist authenticity that, if there were a Mount Rushmore of the genre, he would be chiselled in somewhere between Rosa Luxemburg and Leon Trotsky.

Nevertheless, unsuitable. No vote. No argument. No tedious involvement of members. Just a decision. Taken by people who understand democracy very well and therefore know when to protect it from itself. This has prompted a remarkable silence.

John McDonnell has not intervened, as he has in Andy’s case. He has not warned of cowardice. He has not explained that denying members a say accelerates anyone’s political demise. He has not taken to the airwaves. On this particular outrage, he is observing a period of dignified silence.

Apparently, some stitch-ups are more equal than others. To be fair to John, he is not a member of Your Party. It is, however, generously populated by his political allies, which may help explain the sudden discovery that not every internal democracy crisis requires immediate commentary.

In left politics there appears to be a hierarchy of outrage. When Labour does it, it is authoritarianism. When Jeremy Corbyn’s party does it, it is administrative tidying.

Speaking of tidiness, Your Party’s branding deserves praise. It now appears to be branded with two subheads, The Many and For A People’s Party, with Jeremy’s trademark strategic clarity and decisiveness fully on display. Members voted for the name and then, in a spirit of inclusivity, kept the runners up on the second and third lines.

Jeremy himself has had a busy week. He appeared on Newsnight in solidarity with Venezuela, entirely in his happy place, before restricting socialists from standing for his own party’s executive, which, if you will forgive me, was a very Hugo Chávez way of doing things. Under Jeremy, the grassroots are always sovereign. Until, of course, they choose the wrong candidate.

Meanwhile, in the North West of England, flatbed trucks are being checked for roadworthiness. Placards are being laminated. Chants are being practised. Emergency resolutions are circulating by email. The operation to save Andy is in full swing. He will be sanguine about it all. After all, there is always another by-election down the road and they cannot say no forever.

Yet the decision, everyone agrees, is final. Until it isn’t. Because decisions in the Labour Party are always final, except when they change, which they often do, sometimes quietly, sometimes overnight and sometimes after someone notices that next week is beginning to look awkward.

If it were me, I wouldn’t have rushed this. I would have spoken to Andy first, established his intentions and secured some clarity about his ambitions. Perhaps even struck a deal. We owed him that much. Instead, we chose a public rebuke of one of our strongest, if occasionally tricksy, assets. Andy is a big boy. He knew exactly what he was doing. He applied for a role he could reasonably assume he was not going to get, which is not unknown in Labour politics. He can give as good as he gets. He will be an MP sooner rather than later. And it is rarely a mistake to pick up the phone.

Tom Watson’s Newsletter is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber to Tom Watson’s Newsletter.

Politics Essential: What blocking Burnham means for PM

BBC News <bbc@email.bbc.co.uk> 

Politics Essential Iain Watson smiles at the camera. He wears a dark jacket, pale blue shirt and dark tie.Iain Watson (edited)

Political correspondent
Hello, and welcome to Politics Essential. Sir Keir Starmer has defended the decision to block Andy Burnham from standing in an upcoming by-election, saying it would “avoid an unnecessary mayoral election”. I’ll get into that in a moment. ‌

Elsewhere, Suella Braverman has become the latest Tory to defect to Reform, saying she feels like she’s “come home”. And Home Secretary Shabana Mahmood is setting out a shake-up of the police – read more about what we’re expecting will be included here. Send your questions and suggestions for the newsletter to politicsessential@bbc.co.uk

The inevitable fallout

Burnham said he was fully focused on his current job. Credit: ReutersBurnham strongly hinted on social media yesterday that the Gorton and Denton seat in Greater Manchester could be lost without him as the Labour candidate. Today he was more conciliatory – calling on the party’s MPs to “come and help” whoever is chosen to run in the by-election.‌
The argument by Labour’s leadership – that if he had been allowed to stand and won the seat, it would be politically risky and financially costly to fight a bigger by-election for Greater Manchester mayor – can’t be dismissed as a mere manoeuvre.‌

But as a very senior party figure told me: “No one is convinced that Andy was coming back to Westminster as a team player – the last thing we should do is allow this psychodrama.” In other words, the bigger concern was the prospect of endless leadership speculation. Or worse, an actual challenge.‌
There was an inevitable backlash. Insiders say it is slightly worse than anticipated, but way less than feared. So far key “soft left” figures that argued against blocking Burnham – including former deputy leader Angela Rayner – have not joined more left-wing voices in calling for the decision to be overturned. Indeed should Rayner decide she does want to challenge for the top job in future, arguing for party democracy won’t have done her any harm.‌


Wes Streeting’s own leadership ambitions were controversially denounced by allies of the PM last year. So removing Burnham may reduce but not remove leadership speculation.‌
Starmer still faces a short-term risk. The by-election will be held at the end of next month. Labour wants to get on with it to stop opponents digging in. But holding the seat will be a challenge.  ‌


No one will now know if Burnham would have made the difference between success and failure. But if the seat is lost, Starmer could be blamed.‌
And the currently muted voices of some of his internal critics will grow louder, as defeat would not bode well for crucial elections in Scotland, Wales and parts of England in May.

Australian politics

Ged Kearney’s post

This week parliament had not one, but two very special little visitors 🥰

It was such a joy meeting beautiful baby Lilah Purcell, and so lovely seeing Georgie and Josh together with her: genuine, caring co-parenting at its best.

And it was just as special to meet Alicia Payne’s gorgeous little baby Joseph 💙 Anyone who knows me knows how much I love babies. These cuddles truly brightened my week in parliament ❤️

Kos Samaras 

26 January 2026:

Moderate Liberals: The difference between Opposition and Government.

There’s been chatter about a potential National Party/One Nation Coalition. On paper it sounds like “the Right regrouping.” In practice, it’s a permanent knife-fight, because both parties draw from the same geographic and demographic pools…regional and outer-regional Australia, older voters, lower-density communities.

One thing is guaranteed: this arrangement would be missing the only Centre-Right party that can actually govern in Australia, the Liberals. They’re the only ones with an ideological footing that can win in big cities.

Australia is one of the most urbanised countries on earth. We are not the United States, and we’re not even the UK. Federal government is won and lost in metropolitan Australia, especially in the outer suburbs and the major city rings where the numbers are.

So if anyone is sniffing around for an electoral strategy that can win from the Centre-Right, the answer isn’t doubling down on a regional-populist coalition that cannibalises itself. The answer is consulting, finally, the moderates within the Liberal Party. They were the only reason the former Coalition had any meaningful foothold in inner-urban Australia, and without that urban bridge, the path to government narrows to goats trail.

PM’s forceful message to new citizens as Australia Day marred by Nazi chants (edited)

Rob Harris Rob Harris

January 26, 2026 

Anthony Albanese delivered a forceful Australia Day message to new citizens, warning that respect for democracy and shared values is not optional, in a major speech delivered in the aftermath of the Islamic State-inspired Bondi terror attack and amid an increasingly heated national debate over immigration.

At the national citizenship ceremony in Canberra, the prime minister diverted from his prepared remarks to tell new Australians: “It’s the respect for our common humanity that defines Australia. Hope, not fear, optimism, not negativity, and indeed, unity, not division – that is the Australia of 2026 that you are pledging to be a part of.”

Prime Minister Anthony Albanese after the national citizenship and flag raising ceremony in Canberra.
Prime Minister Anthony Albanese after the national citizenship and flag raising ceremony in Canberra.Alex Ellinghausen

Quoting former Labor prime minister Ben Chifley, he said migrants had arrived in a country where “democracy is not just a platitude, but something which is practised”.

Albanese framed citizenship as a civic obligation rather than a cultural badge, saying: “Whether we are Australian by birth or by choice, we all share the opportunity, the privilege and also the responsibility of being part of something quite extraordinary.”

His speech came as Australia’s capital cities erupted with Invasion Day protests and March for Australia rallies, highlighting deep divisions over race, immigration and national identity. In Brisbane, One Nation leader Pauline Hanson used her time at the March for Australia rally to attack migration policies, dismiss climate change and position herself as the defender of “true” Australian values…

ors urged young people to “mobilise to fight Pauline” as polling showed One Nation support at record highs.

with Julius Dennis and Patrick Begley

The Conversation

Australian Prime Minister Anthony Albanese is in Timor-Leste today, making his first official visit.

Known in English as East Timor, Timor-Leste is one of Australia’s closest neighbours.

The countries have shared interests in everything from fishing to biosecurity.

Australia’s foreign policy has consistently identified Timor-Leste as a country of “fundamental importance”.

It’s in Australia’s interests that Timor-Leste is successful and stable.

Challenges in Timor-Leste

Timor-Leste faces significant challenges.

Despite being about 700 kilometres from Darwin, the United Nations considers it one of the world’s least developed countries. Its per person GDP is $1,502, compared to Australia’s $64,604.

In many ways, the period since Timor-Leste gained independence in 2002 is the first opportunity its people have had to shape their destiny.

Timor-Leste endured centuries as a Portuguese colony before political turmoil in Portugal caused it to drop its colonies in 1975.

Then, a declaration of independence was followed by annexation and 24 years of occupation by Indonesia.

Now it is full of hope as a new democratic nation with a rapidly growing youth population.

But it needs supportOne in two children under five are stunted – not getting enough nutrition to grow in their early years – which will have lifetime effects on their health, education and productivity.

Encouragingly, a recent external review of Australia’s development cooperation program shows evidence that long-term partnerships are paying off, with local civil society organisations in Timor-Leste steadily strengthening their capacity over time.

Why visit now?

Timor-Leste is right in the middle of what President José Ramos Horta describes as “a crucial period for the future of our nation”.

Revenue from oil and gas fields has dried up. Past profits were saved in a petroleum fund, but that may soon be depleted.

Timor-Leste’s economy is not growing fast enough to create youth jobs.

However, Timor-Leste has just joined the Association of Southeast Asian Nations (ASEAN) after a long process, with hopes it will open up economic opportunities.

When I visited last year, Malaysian Prime Minister Anwar Ibrahim was in town talking up the potential of trade links.

Australia also needs to prepare for eventual political change in Timor-Leste.

Until now, top political posts have been held by those who fought for independence. At some point there will be a generational transfer of power.

There was some political unrest last year in the form of student protests against politicians perceived to be granting themselves perks.

Australia does not want democratic regression or a failed state on its doorstep.

What’s on the agenda?

Not much information has been released ahead of Albanese’s visit.

We know the prime minister will be meeting with Ramos Horta and Prime Minister Xanana Gusmão.

Four middle-aged men in suits stand in an office front of a set of country flags.
Timor-Leste President José Ramos Horta on a visit to Canberra in September 2022. Lukas Coch/AAP

He will be addressing parliament, which he describes as an honour.

The fact Albanese will be receiving Timor-Leste’s highest civilian award suggests the mood will be positive.

The biggest news would be if there are any further developments on the Greater Sunrise gas field, located in the Timor Sea, about 450km northwest of Darwin.

This A$50 billion project has not yet been developed due to disagreement over whether processing would take place in Darwin or Dili, Timor-Leste’s capital.

It is not expected to be a focus of the visit.

Other big news would be an enhanced security treaty.

Given concerns about China’s security cooperation with countries in the region, Australia has signed significant security agreements in the past year with TuvaluNauruPapua New Guinea and Indonesia.

But the prime minister has been at pains to stress this visit is not about China.

More likely it could be celebrating and expanding things that are going well. One example is the Pacific Australia Labour Mobility scheme which enables Timorese workers to come to Australia to develop skills and earn money.

Another is the New Colombo Plan which supports young Australians to study and immerse themselves in the region. This has just been extended to Timor-Leste in 2026.

It may be there is nothing new from the visit, just a clear statement of how seriously Australia takes the relationship with Timor-Leste.

It may be as simple – and as important – as that.

https://www.instagram.com/p/DT8wY3Hk479/embed/captioned/?cr=1&v=14&wp=658&rd=https%3A%2F%2Ftheconversation.com&rp=%2Fplenty-on-the-agenda-as-anthony-albanese-heads-to-timor-leste-as-pm-for-the-first-time-274023#%7B%22ci%22%3A1%2C%22os%22%3A1069.5%7D

Beyond government

The Timor Leste-Australia relationship has a lot of buy-in beyond the federal government.

Across Australia, there are friendship groups that raise funds for schools in Timor-Leste or sell Timorese coffee through local councils.

I’ve met Australians who came to Timor-Leste as students and are still there.

A great example is the MP for Darwin, Luke Gosling, who will be accompanying the prime minister on the visit.

After his Army service in the peacekeeping mission that led to Timor-Leste’s independence, he established a volunteer charity to build schools, provide running water and deliver maternal health care.

It’s important to keep these sorts of initiatives going and to extend them. The needs in Timor-Leste are so great that individual Australians can have a huge impact.

Surprisingly, given the complicated history between the two countries, most Timorese seem to have a real sense of friendship with Australia.

Having a neighbour that is stable, prosperous and friendly is something that is well worth our prime minister’s time.

Copyright © 2010–2026, The Conversation Media Group Ltd

From Facebook Post – Sisters in Crime Australia

The Famous Five reign. In October, my sister Marg sent me a Famous Five shoulder bag for my birthday. I warned her that some Sisters in Crime might kill me for it. And yesterday, I went with her daughter Emily to an op shop in Brisbane, which had just received a collection of the 21 novels in the series – 20 in the box set plus one. The staff were terribly excited to see my bag and basically persuaded me that I was fated to purchase the lot. So I did. I also explained how I could speak for an hour on how buying the second in the series, Five Go Adventuring Again, from Doran’s Newsagency in Gympie for 9/6 with money I had earned from writing letters to the children’s page of The Gympie Times, had set the trajectory for my life – spending all my money on books, being obsessed with crime writing and fighting Fascists, and earning my living by writing. I actually haven’t read all the books in the series – my tiny country town outside Gympie didn’t have a library – and now I intend to make up for it. I hope this augurs well for 2026. Posted by Carmel Shute

After reading this post I did a little research on this well-known writer about whom I had heard little over the last few years. I found the following – more Enid Blyton. What a wonderful find, after all the years of criticism about her . See my blog, 2 November 2022, of for a review of Nadia Cohen The Real Enid Blyton Pen & Sword, Pen & Sword History 30 Oct 2022 and comments on The Sea of Adventure in my blog of 19 June 2024.

Australian Crime Writers Association
00ACWABanners_NKA_Final.jpg

Hall of Fame Carmel Shute

Lifetime Achievement Awardee, 2016
02HallofFame_Headshots_2016.jpg

Full Recognition Speech

Delivered by Lindy Cameron
CO-CONVENOR of SISTERS IN CRIME

Once upon a time – back in the middle of last century – a little girl in a tiny Queensland town earned enough money writing to the children’s pages of the Gympie Times to buy her very first book.

This does not mean her childhood, until then, had been devoid of literature. For – while it is true that Brooloo didn’t get electricity until 1965 – this little redhead grew up surrounded by the books beloved by her mother and schoolteacher father.

BUT her decision, at the tender age of nine, on just how to spend that 9/6 created a monster – of the kind that no doubt inhabits every person in this room.

It’s ok though – apparently it’s not hoarding if there’s a good Latin word for it.

Unbeknownst to that fledgling bibliophile however – the book she chose unleashed a different kind of demon.

For – as every girl (and a few boys) of a certain age can testify – it’s a truth universally acknowledged that a woman in possession of the Famous Five grows up to live a life of mystery and crime.

Sure she’s got a degree in history, was a member of the Communist Party, a union organiser at the ABC, and spent too many years writing speeches and media releases for people who couldn’t write their own…

BUT all of that was done purely and simply to earn money to feed her addiction.

From Enid Blyton in 1964 to Emma Viskic in 2016, Carmel Shute has nourished her very soul with murder, mystery and mayhem.

She goes to bed every night with serial killers, cops and private eyes; her weekends are spent at crime scenes with dead bodies and in morgues with forensic specialists, and she holidays with sleuths and detectives as they chase clues and red herrings.

In the beginning – Miss Marple & Harriet Vane aside – most of the stories that brightened her days and nights were written by gentlemen about gentleman, by blokes about blokes, or dicks about dicks.

Until the late 1970s when something extraordinary happened.

There was a seismic shift in the world of crime fiction – no doubt provoked by a little thing called feminism; but is was a shift which transformed Carmel Shute’s life forever; and which, in turn, changed the lives of untold Australian readers and writers:

WOMEN’S crime writing became a THING – a really really big thing.

Suddenly, it seemed, there were women walking those mean streets – not as victims or femme fatales, but as cops and detectives and loner private eyes with their own empty fridges and bottles of bourbon.

By 1987 there enough modern women creating modern female crime fighters that Sara Paretsky, one of the godmothers of this new crime wave, helped form an American organisation to promote the advancement, recognition and professional development of women crime writers.

When Carmel visited North America in 1990 she interviewed some of her favourite crime writers – including Sara Paretsky Katherine V Forrest and Sue Grafton – and in 1991 produced a documentary for Radio National’s feminist program, the ‘Coming Out Show’ about Sisters in Crime in the US.

During that program Carmel, somewhat innocently, offered to send listeners a copy of a feminist crime bibliography. As a result, the ABC was swamped with 176 calls and letters; a record for Radio National at the time.

As the aforementioned bibliography did not actually exist, Carmel joined forces with some like-minded friends – four in fact – to create that list and, more significantly, plot the formation of an Australian version of Sisters in Crime.

Carmel’s original Famous Five soon became the Excellent Eight and, with a tweak on the American organisation’s reason for being – that of a force for women writers – this small band of Melbourne crime fiction buffs formed an organisation for women readers of women’s crime and mystery.

In truth there were very few women writing crime in this country at the time – so anything else would’ve been difficult.

Sisters in Crime Australia was launched with a debate on Sunday 22 September 1991 at the Democritus Club in Carlton, as part of the Feminist Book Fortnight.

An audience of around 70 turned up to hear Carmel, Kerry Greenwood, Alison Litter and Mary Anne Metcalf debate whether ‘feminist crime fiction confronted the hard-boiled head on’.

Forty women joined that day – and the rest they say is history.

Carmel is the only one of the Excellent Eight still standing – as a convenor of our fabulous organisation. But do not think for a minute it’s because she sold her socialist soul to cling to the reins of an organisation she helped build.

In fact, it’s probably because of the Red-red blood that runs in her veins, and the feminism that guides her every move, that this organisation has been the unqualified success it has.

Carmel is without doubt the heart and soul of Sisters in Crime; it is not a trite thing to say that without her drive and passion and hard work and yes – her sheer bloody mindedness – in working to achieve the goals we set for ourselves 25 years ago that we continue to do so.

We are a collective; a group of women who work for and with other women to enhance the standing of women who write the books we love; and ensure that whenever are wherever we gather to celebrate the sheer fabulousness of women’s crime writing that, above all, we have fun.

In retrospect I now see one of Carmel’s great strengths is finagling people; luring willing flies into her web of intrigue and mystery; getting us to not only join in but volunteer – for life.

I was there at the Democritus Club in 1991. I didn’t know anyone else there that day and although I’d never joined anythingin my life, I became a Sister in Crime because it looked like fun. A few events later, I tentatively put up my hand to help produce the Sisters’ newsletter; then, lo and behold, a couple of years later I found myself again unable to say no to Carmel, when she invited me to be a Convenor.

And here I am on this stage – one-month shy of 25 years since that gathering at the Democritus Club – a founding member, still a Convenor and now Vice President, and celebrating the extraordinary person who did in fact change my life.

Being a reading member of Sisters in Crime for a quarter of a century has been a joy and a pleasure; being a female Australian crime writer supported by Sisters in Crime has been priceless; and being a Convenor of Sister in Crime alongside Carmel has been the best thing I ever volunteered for.

And, despite the love and time and energy that all current and past convenors have bled into our organisation over the years, most of us would agree that without Carmel we would not have achieved all that we have; in fact, without her, we may not even have lasted this long.

Carmel has a tendency, I believe, to accept people with open arms if they meet at least one of the following criteria: you have a worldview where the word Comrade is the synonym for mate; you’re a fan of any crime fiction – though a passion for women’s crime gets you a gold star; or you’re a Trekker.

In the case of the latter, it was discovered in 1996 that six of the then-nine convenors had to make it home from our regular planning meetings in time to watch the new series of Star Trek: The Next Generation. We not-so Secret Six, subsequently formed a sub-group of Sisters in Crime called Sisters in Space.

So forgive me for using a bit of techno-babble from a whole other genre and fandom to finish up.

It is my great honour to present the Australian Crime Writers Association Lifetime Achievement Award to Carmel Shute – the Warp Drive of Sisters in Crime Australia.

Week beginning January 21 2026.

Tana French The Keeper Penguin General UK – Fig Tree, Hamish Hamilton, Viking, Penguin Life, Penguin Business | Viking, April 2026. 

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

The Keeper returns to Cal, Lena and Trey and sundry other characters in Ardnakelty, with much of the emphasis on the village and its values. French takes what seems to be an inordinate amount of time in establishing the background to the village, the long-term characters’ motivations and values and the relationships, open and hidden that underpin the way in which decisions are made in this small enclosed social environment.

The initial chapters of the novel progressed at a slow pace; with characters whose introspection and dialogue were not particularly engaging. Although the emphasis is necessary for understanding the resolution offered at the end of the novel, it did little to foster a connection with the protagonists. Unlike my enthusiasm for the way in which Cal’s, Trey’s and Lena’s narratives were woven in The Hunter, the previous novel in this series, I felt distanced from the main characters in The Keeper. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Lally Katz My Cursed Vagina A Memoir, Allen & Unwin, February 2026.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

In her acknowledgements, Lally Katz expresses gratitude to three of her teachers for helping her recognise her potential as a writer. I was a colleague of one of those teachers. So, while I did not have Lally Katz in any of my classes, I heard a great deal about this vibrant writer who was seen as an honour to teach. The teachers’ accolades highlighted her notable talent and the enthusiasm she brought to her classes. Lally was a young woman with superb creative skills. It is no surprise that she has become an esteemed playwright, and now she has written this poignant, funny, sad, and raw memoir. It depicts an absorbing journey from which is difficult to disengage: one more page must be read, another anecdote considered, Lally must be given another chance to defy the curse, and one more story in which she does not. Success or not, what she does achieve lives in the memory. The writing is a joy, the story immense, and Lally Katz’s outlook one of courage, humour, and enthusiasm. Her memoir is a monument to a woman who loves her life, its despairing and happy moments, those which are life giving, and those that are so challenging that the potential for damage threatens.

Lally Katz moved from Miami, USA to Canberra, Australia as a child, spending her pioneering creative years in Australia, with successfully staged plays Australia wide and internationally. In 2010 she is thirty-two, and in America on a Churchill Fellowship, and it is with this memory she begins her memoir. However, the central theme is the impact of her visit to a psychic whose dire prediction provides the name for the memoir and much of its action. Her title and honesty with which she approaches her life takes the reader through love affairs; sexual encounters, successful and otherwise; herpes; miscarriages and birth. Some of the stories are humorous, some are transparently not. However, all are engaging and incredibly human. Many are exploits that can only be imagined –  some of us do not have Katz’s courage and headlong approach to living.

This is a memoir to be read, cried over, laughed with, and admired. I am thrilled to have been able to meet this vibrant and courageous woman, who was once a student I passed in a school corridor and heard about in the staff room, if only once again second hand though her writing. Lally Katz’s memoir is one to be savoured.

The Canberra Page’s post on Facebook raises questions about the value of maintaining old buildings.

Goulburn’s Empire Theatre in its heyday, around 1940. The audience numbered into the thousands for what could have been a play, concert or some other special event. Built in 1914 in the style of Sydney’s Capitol Theatre, it closed in 1967 and was later demolished to make way for a motel and then a shopping centre.

Photo: Goulburn Mulwaree Library. Goulburn

An interesting photo, and a pity to see the building demolished. However, the negativity of the Facebook comments, particularly toward young people who seem to be being blamed for the shopping centre (they dare to use it as a meeting place, it seems) is egregious.

Note, the Sydney Capitol Theatre remains so it is possible to see similar architecture. According to Wikipedia, it cost over $30 million for reconstruction in 1995. See the edited information from Wikipedia below.

The Capitol Theatre is a heritage-listed theatre located at 3–15 Campbell Street, Haymarket, in the Sydney central business district, Australia. It was designed by Henry Eli White and John Eberson and built from 1893 to 1928. The property was added to the New South Wales State Heritage Register on 2 April 1999.[2][3] The former circus venue, atmospheric theatre and market venue is owned by Capitol Theatre Management Pty Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Foundation Theatres Pty Limited,[1] which also owns the Sydney Lyric.[4]

The current theatre was designed by R. H. Broderick. It was intended as a hippodrome for arena theatre and featured stone cornices, terra-cotta capitals, rosettes and tiled panels. The architect Henry White turned the interior into a movie palace in 1927, creating the effect of an internal Italian garden or piazza. It also featured an internal imitation courtyard which is the only one surviving in Sydney. The building is listed on the Register of the National Estate.[8] The Capitol Theatre was an “atmospheric” picture palace for many years, but went through a dark period in the 1970s and 1980s. In 1995, Capitol Theatre underwent a massive two-year reconstruction costing over $30 million.[9]

Australian Politics

Labor’s hate laws pass despite a divided Coalition

By political reporter Tom Crowley and chief digital political correspondent Clare Armstrong Tue 20 Jan

In short:

The federal government’s new hate laws have passed the parliament after Labor struck a deal with the Liberals.

The National Party broke ranks with its Coalition partner by voting against the bill. 

The bill passed the Senate late on Tuesday night. 

The federal government has passed new laws targeting hate groups with support from the Liberals, while the Nationals voted against it. 

The Coalition failed to settle a formal joint position on the legislation, with the Nationals abstaining during the vote in the lower house and later resolving to oppose the bill when it reached the Senate.

Liberal senator Alex Antic also crossed the floor, voting against the rest of his party. 

Prime Minister Anthony Albanese and Opposition Leader Sussan Ley on Monday agreed on a set of changes to Labor’s proposal to ban groups deemed to spread hate, such as Hizb ut-Tahrir and Neo-Nazis.

The Nationals moved several amendments in the Senate — including a push to set up a Senate inquiry examining the laws — but none succeed, and they voted against the bill. 

It is not clear what impact this would have on shadow cabinet solidarity, which requires all Coalition frontbenchers to vote in line with any formally resolved positions.

In a statement, Nationals leader David Littleproud said: “This decision does not reflect on the relationship within the Coalition”. 

“The Coalition has secured significant improvements to the legislation, but the Nationals’ party room has concluded that more time is required to more fully examine and test the bill before it is finalised,”

he said.

Amendments secured by the Coalition aim to address concerns that the broad drafting of the bill could restrict freedom of speech.

The updated bill, which passed through the lower house on Tuesday, now mentions “the promotion of violence” in the definition of a hate group.

Ms Ley said the Liberals had “stepped up to fix legislation that the Albanese government badly mishandled” and that the final agreement was “narrowed, strengthened and properly focused on keeping Australians safe”.

The Liberal and National party rooms did not hold a meeting to agree on a joint position, as per usual practice.

Labor’s suite of gun reforms passed the Senate on Tuesday night with support from the Greens, further tightening Australia’s strict gun controls and paving the way for a national gun buyback scheme. 

Ley delays announcement amid uncertainty about Nats

Early on Tuesday morning, Mr Leeser told ABC Radio National Ms Ley would hold a press conference to present the agreement, and Home Affairs spokesperson Jonathon Duniam strongly hinted that the Liberals had reached a deal with Labor.

That press conference did not occur, but on the floor of parliament, Mr Leeser said the Liberal Party had made “the choice to be constructive, to pass this legislation as a step in the right direction”.

Mr Wallace said the opposition supported the bill “in principle” despite what he described an “omnishambles” of a process.

Labor had already made substantial changes to its plans to win Coalition support on the bill, drafted in response to the Bondi terror attack, dropping a contentious new criminal offence for hate promotion over the weekend.

But Nationals senator Matt Canavan has voiced concerns shared by colleagues privately about whether groups other than violent extremists could be covered by the laws.

Senator Duniam said on Tuesday morning it was “rubbish” to suggest that “pro-life groups or church groups” could be covered and spoke favourably of the position agreed with Labor.

Liberal MPs gathered to discuss the draft laws at a party room meeting in Canberra on Monday evening after Opposition Leader Sussan Ley and Prime Minister Anthony Albanese met to hash out an agreement.

“We have a parliament here full of people with human decency who want to see good happen, not bad. These laws will go a long way to doing that,” he said.

Attorney-General Michelle Rowland said the laws were tightly focused and would not “trespass onto legitimate free speech”.

“It does not seek to capture lawful debate, robust criticism, religious discussion or genuine political advocacy. It does not target legitimate comedy, satire or artistic expression,” she said.

The bill sets out a process for designating hate groups, which includes input from intelligence and law enforcement and requires that the opposition leader be briefed.

Unlike in the initial draft, the version presented by Ms Rowland would see that briefings occurred for both for new listings and de-listings, addressing another Coalition concern.

The operation of the laws would be subject to review every two years by the Parliamentary Joint Committee on Intelligence and Security.

The bill also proposes tougher powers for the home affairs minister to deport those who spread hate, which the Coalition has indicated support for.

British Politics

Tom Watson <tomwatsonofficial@substack.com>

Forwarded this email? Subscribe here for more

Jenrick’s mistake about Conservatism

Why the Conservative Party has survived worse than thisJan 15 READ IN APP In 1834, the Conservative Party was founded to govern a changing nation without surrendering to political hysteria. It emerged with the publication of the Tamworth Manifesto, drafted by Sir Robert Peel at a moment when Britain stood on the brink of rupture. Peel’s aim was not radicalism but continuity, secured through prudence and restraint.

That founding purpose is worth recalling amid the current excitement over Robert Jenrick and his defection to Reform UK. We are told, with customary breathlessness, that this represents an existential threat to the Conservatives, a mortal wound inflicted on one of the oldest political parties in the democratic world. Such claims betray a thin understanding of history.

Tom Watson’s Newsletter is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.

Peel’s Conservatism was explicit about what it rejected. In the Tamworth Manifesto he pledged to address proved abuses and the redress of real grievances while warning against “a perpetual vortex of agitation.” This was not a decorative phrase. It was the moral core of Conservatism. To a Conservative, politics conducted as agitation corrodes authority and undermines public trust. Reform, to be legitimate, had to be justified and anchored in institutions capable of surviving it. Conservatism could be said to be a theory of imperfection.

Jenrick’s assertion that the Conservatives have betrayed their principles collapses under that standard. His rhetoric substitutes grievance for judgement. It treats compromise as weakness and constraint as treachery.The Conservative Party has endured precisely because it has resisted such temptations. It has survived schisms over free trade, empire, Europe and the welfare state. It has survived because it understood that its duty was not to mirror every passing anger but to preserve the authority of the state while adapting it to circumstance.

Peel would have recognised Jenrick’s betrayal as an abandonment of Conservatism. Peel sort to reform our polity. Farage and Jenrick seek to deform it.

If this episode proves anything, it is not the fragility of the Conservative Party but the intellectual weakness of those who misunderstand it.

I have a strong hunch about today’s defection. Jenrick’s betrayal may mark the first day of a Conservative revival after the chaos left by the departure of Cameron and Osborne a decade ago. I’ll still fight them all the way to the ballot box but Labour cannot afford to misunderstand what’s gone on today.

If it is true to its founding principle, the Conservative Party will not be undone by those who confuse agitation with conviction. Jenrick the betrayer may have saved the party he has just abandoned and undermined the great replacement theory of Nigel Farage.

Tom Watson’s Newsletter is a reader-supported publication. To receive new posts and support my work, consider becoming a free or paid subscriber.

American Politics

Joyce Vance from Civil Discourse <joycevance@substack.com> January 18 2026

It’s The Cynicism

It seems to be everywhere you look, across the political spectrum. Far too many people don’t believe in anything anymore. They’ve lost faith in everything: our institutions, our values, and even each other. We’ve become a country of cynics.

One of the first posts I saw this morning on social media was about a well-documented instance where a Minnesota family’s six children were hospitalized after their minivan filled with smoke and tear gas fired by federal agents. Below the news report, someone had dismissed it in the comments: “I don’t believe it.” That was it. No explanation, nothing that cast doubt on the reporting. Just a rejection.

A little bit further down, someone had written about diminishing confidence in the Justice Department. A commentator wrote, “Did anyone believe in that anyway?”

We have become a nation of skeptics, of cynics. We are jaded. It’s all around us.

In her essay, Truth and Politics, Hannah Arendt wrote, “The result of a consistent and total substitution of lies for factual truth is not that the lie will now be accepted as truth and truth be defamed as a lie, but that the sense by which we take our bearings in the real world—and the category of truth versus falsehood is among the mental means to this end—is being destroyed.”

The President spews lies so constantly and so casually that it’s easy to understand how people can lose their bearings. It’s an assumption that Trump lies, not something unusual. That’s the President of the United States!

One manifestation of the lies we’ve become so inured to is the destruction of confidence in our elections. Trump has lied for so long about voter fraud, about non-citizens voting (the evidence does not back that claim up), about voting machines, about stolen elections, that it has permeated the national consciousness and even when people see through the lies, a miasma of distrust for the entire process remains. And of course, it’s not just elections.

Who benefits from a loss of faith in our institutions and in our ability to come out on the other end of this national nightmare with an intact republic? It’s not hard to see. It’s the man who enjoys upsetting the balance of power guarded by NATO because he wants to own Greenland. The man who tears down the East Wing. The man who won’t release the Epstein Files.

At this stage, Trump no longer cares if people believe his lies. He just needs the chaos they generate and the absence of shared truths, shared facts, in our country. People who can no longer discern what’s true from what’s false lose their moral compasses, like the agents who are now shooting at the people they took an oath to protect and serve. It all benefits a leader who wants to take authoritarian control of a democracy.

Giving up your belief in how things should be is dangerous.

I’m not suggesting everyone should have blind faith in our institutions, far from it at this point. But we need to be aware of what’s broken and needs mending without getting stuck on it. Instead of succumbing to cynicism, let’s stay focused on what we can do, even the small things.

Be kind, share joy. Register to vote and make sure everyone around you does, too. We know what this is going to take, but we have to stop the spread of cynicism around us. We’ve come too far in the last year to accept Trump’s success as inevitable.

In the coming week, we will mark the one-year anniversary of the second Trump administration. Find your own way to protest it. Donate to a food bank. Help a neighbor out, or help someone you’ve never met but have empathy for. Sign up to work at a polling place, or decide to run for office. There is so much that we can do. What we cannot afford to do is to let a man who thinks of no one but himself win.

refer to caption
The Declaration of Independence

This year is the 250th anniversary of our country’s founding. In the Declaration of Independence, wise men wrote, “We hold these truths to be self-evident, that all men are created equal, that they are endowed by their Creator with certain unalienable Rights, that among these are Life, Liberty and the pursuit of Happiness.” As wise people, we understand how important these words are; they are not just words children memorize and recite. Let’s make them our living, breathing truth as we watch what’s happening in Minneapolis and elsewhere. Let’s gently remind the cynics of what’s possible and get them off of the sidelines, where they are dragging others down. Life, Liberty, and the pursuit of Happiness.

We’re in this together,

Joyce

Heather Cox Richardson’s post

January 18, 2026 (Sunday)

You hear sometimes, now that we know the sordid details of the lives of some of our leading figures, that America has no heroes left.

When I was writing a book about the Wounded Knee Massacre where heroism was pretty thin on the ground, I gave that a lot of thought. And I came to believe that heroism is neither being perfect, nor doing something spectacular. In fact, it’s just the opposite: it’s regular, flawed human beings choosing to put others before themselves, even at great cost, even if no one will ever know, even as they realize the walls might be closing in around them.

It means sitting down the night before D-Day and writing a letter praising the troops and taking all the blame for the next day’s failure upon yourself in case things went wrong, as General Dwight D. Eisenhower did.

It means writing in your diary that you “still believe that people are really good at heart,” even while you are hiding in an attic from the men who are soon going to kill you, as Anne Frank did.

It means signing your name to the bottom of the Declaration of Independence in bold script, even though you know you are signing your own death warrant should the British capture you, as John Hancock did.

It means defending your people’s right to practice a religion you don’t share, even though you know you are becoming a dangerously visible target, as Sitting Bull did.

Sometimes it just means sitting down, even when you are told to stand up, as Rosa Parks did.

None of those people woke up one morning and said to themselves that they were about to do something heroic. It’s just that when they had to, they did what was right.

On April 3, 1968, the night before the Reverend Doctor Martin Luther King Jr. was assassinated by a white supremacist, he gave a speech in support of sanitation workers in Memphis, Tennessee. Since 1966, King had tried to broaden the civil rights movement for racial equality into a larger movement for economic justice. He joined the sanitation workers in Memphis, who were on strike after years of bad pay and such dangerous conditions that two men had been crushed to death in garbage compactors.

After his friend Ralph Abernathy introduced him to the crowd, King had something to say about heroes: “As I listened to Ralph Abernathy and his eloquent and generous introduction and then thought about myself, I wondered who he was talking about.”

Dr. King told the audience that if God had let him choose any era in which to live, he would have chosen the one in which he had landed. “Now, that’s a strange statement to make,” King went on, “because the world is all messed up. The nation is sick. Trouble is in the land; confusion all around…. But I know, somehow, that only when it is dark enough, can you see the stars.” Dr. King said that he felt blessed to live in an era when people had finally woken up and were working together for freedom and economic justice.

He knew he was in danger as he worked for a racially and economically just America. “I don’t know what will happen now. We’ve got some difficult days ahead. But it doesn’t matter…because I’ve been to the mountaintop…. Like anybody, I would like to live a long life…. But I’m not concerned about that now. I just want to do God’s will. And He’s allowed me to go up to the mountain. And I’ve looked over. And I’ve seen the promised land. I may not get there with you. But I want you to know tonight, that we, as a people, will get to the promised land!”

People are wrong to say that we have no heroes left.

Just as they have always been, they are all around us, choosing to do the right thing, no matter what.

Wishing us all a day of peace for Martin Luther King Jr. Day 2026.

Heather Cox Richardson

Notes: Dr. King’s final speech: https://abcnews.go.com/…/martin-luther-kings…/story…

Trump’s Letter to Norway Should Be the Last Straw

Will Republicans in Congress ever step in? By Anne Applebaum

January 19, 2026, 9:11 AM ET

Let me begin by quoting, in full, a letter that the president of the United States of America sent yesterday to the prime minister of Norway, Jonas Gahr Støre. The text was forwarded by the White House National Security Council to ambassadors in Washington, and was clearly intended to be widely shared. Here it is:

Dear Jonas:

Considering your Country decided not to give me the Nobel Peace Prize for having stopped 8 Wars PLUS, I no longer feel an obligation to think purely of Peace, although it will always be predominant, but can now think about what is good and proper for the United States of America. Denmark cannot protect that land from Russia or China, and why do they have a “right of ownership” anyway? There are no written documents, it’s only a boat that landed there hundreds of years ago, but we had boats landing there, also. I have done more for NATO than any person since its founding, and now, NATO should do something for the United States. The World is not secure unless we have Complete and Total Control of Greenland. Thank you! President DJT

One could observe many things about this document. One is the childish grammar, including the strange capitalizations (“Complete and Total Control”). Another is the loose grasp of history. Donald Trump did not end eight wars. Greenland has been Danish territory for centuries. Its residents are Danish citizens who vote in Danish elections. There are many “written documents” establishing Danish sovereignty in Greenland, including some signed by the United States. In his second term, Trump has done nothing for NATO—an organization that the U.S. created and theoretically leads, and that has only ever been used in defense of American interests. If the European members of NATO have begun spending more on their own defense (budgets to which the U.S. never contributed), that’s because of the threat they feel from Russia.

Think about where this is leading. One possibility, anticipated this morning by financial markets, is a damaging trade war. Another is an American military occupation of Greenland. Try to imagine it: The U.S. Marines arrive in Nuuk, the island’s capital. Perhaps they kill some Danes; perhaps some American soldiers die too. And then what? If the invaders were Russians, they would arrest all of the politicians, put gangsters in charge, shoot people on the street for speaking Danish, change school curricula, and carry out a fake referendum to rubber-stamp the conquest. Is that the American plan too? If not, then what is it? This would not be the occupation of Iraq, which was difficult enough. U.S. troops would need to force Greenlanders, citizens of a treaty ally, to become American against their will.

For the past year, American allies around the world have tried very hard to find a theory that explains Trump’s behavior. Isolationism, neo-imperialism, and patrimonialism are all words that have been thrown around. But in the end, the president himself defeats all attempts to describe a “Trump doctrine.” He is locked into a world of his own, determined to “win” every encounter, whether in an imaginary competition for the Nobel Peace Prize or a protest from the mother of small children objecting to his masked, armed paramilitary in Minneapolis. These contests matter more to him than any long-term strategy. And of course, the need to appear victorious matters much more than Americans’ prosperity and well-being.

About the Author :

Anne Applebaum is a staff writer at The Atlantic.

Greenland? Monty Python would have a field day Robert Reich Jan 19 2026

Robert Reich <robertreich@substack.com> Forwarded this email? Subscribe here for more

Friends,

It could be a Monty Python skit from forty years ago: A demented U.S. president demands the Nobel Peace Prize (which he initially spells “Noble”), after converting the name of the Department of Defense to the Department of War, sending troops into American cities, threatening Canada, and abducting the president of a Latin American country by force.

When he doesn’t get the Prize, he says he’s no longer in favor of peace and decides to invade Greenland. When Greenland refuses him, and Denmark and the rest of Europe make a fuss, he goes into a rage, raises tariffs on Europe (which are really import taxes that cost Americans dearly) and threatens war on NATO. The president of Russia is delighted.

Can’t you see it? Eric Idle plays the American president — full of himself and utterly off his rocker. John Cleese is the hapless Latin American president who’s abducted. Terry Gilliam is the incredulous head of Greenland. Terry Jones plays the righteous leader of Denmark, and Michael Palin the whacky but triumphant president of Russia.

The Monty Python team was so funny because they came up with completely absurd situations, handled them with deadpan seriousness, and stretched them to the limits.

But this particular situation isn’t funny. It’s actually happening. And Trump is truly, tragically, frighteningly out of his mind.

Tuesday, January 20, 2026
David A. Graham Staff writer

When Donald Trump returned to office, I thought that there wasn’t much more to learn about him. But the president’s recent follow-through on his threats represents a real shift.

Donald Trump retains the ability to shock; the day he loses that, he will, like the biblical Samson—another man notable for his coiffure—lose his power entirely. When Trump started his second term as president a year ago, however, I doubted whether there was much more to learn about how his mind works. Even before he’d entered politics, Trump was overexposed. Since then, he has become the most scrutinized person in the world. His tendencies and foibles are well known to voters, politicians, and world leaders.

Yet in breaking one of his most entrenched patterns, he has provided perhaps the biggest surprise of the past year. During his first term, Trump was defined by his tendency to back down in any negotiation or fight: As I put it in a May 2018 article, he almost always folded, agreeing to concessions whether he was negotiating on trade with China or a budget resolution with Senate Democrats. More recently, though, he’s been following through, no matter how aberrant his ideas. The exact reason for this is difficult to pin down, though it likely includes the fact that he has more experience under his belt, fewer prudent voices in his ear, and a lame duck’s liberation from having to worry about reelection. In any case, his new determination is forcing countries around the world to reassess how to deal with him.

Nowhere is this so clear right now as with Trump’s continued pressure to acquire Greenland. In the wee hours of this morning, Trump went on a social-media spree, posting (among other things) an illustration of himself, Secretary of State Marco Rubio, and J. D. Vance planting a U.S. flag in Greenland. European leaders seem to slowly be coming to the conclusion that this isn’t just a feint.

When the president began making noise about taking the Danish territory early last year, many observers were baffled but not necessarily all that concerned—an impulse reinforced when the matter receded from Trump’s attention in the months that followed. They also had a long track record to draw on. In May 2017, I wrote that “foreign leaders have realized Trump is a pushover.” This held true for adversaries (China) and allies (Taiwan, NATO) alike throughout his first term.

It was especially true for rivals such as Russia and North Korea. Trump talked a fierce game—promising “fire and fury” for Pyongyang, for example—but his counterparts understood that despite his insistence that he was a master dealmaker, all they needed was to get him to a negotiating table. “Faced with a tough decision, the president has consistently blinked, giving in to his opponents,” I wrote in my 2018 article.

This pattern was clear enough that when Trump refused to concede the 2020 election, even his allies were dismissive. “What is the downside for humoring him for this little bit of time?” a senior Republican official told The Washington Post in November 2020. “It’s not like he’s plotting how to prevent Joe Biden from taking power on January 20.” That was exactly what he was doing, however ham-handedly. The effort to subvert the election was also a warning of things to come.

Even so, Trump’s return to office initially suggested more of the same tendency to back down. This past May (why is it always May?), I wrote about Wall Street’s “TACO trade”—short for “Trump Always Chickens Out”—in which stock traders bet against the president following through on tariff threats and then profiting when he folded and markets went up. And they were right, to an extent: Although Trump did impose extensive tariffs, the eventual levels were much lower than initially announced, thanks in part to lobbying by foreign governments. Trump’s resolve remains weak in some areas; he’s swung wildly on Ukraine and Russia, his position shifting depending on whom he last spoke to.

But in other ways, the pattern has started to break. Just ask Nicolás Maduro, who reportedly rejected negotiated exile in Turkey, perhaps wagering that Trump would never actually launch a military strike on Venezuela to capture him. It was a bad bet. Now Trump seems energized and has turned his attention to Greenland. U.S. allies—or people who until recently thought of themselves as allies—are scrambling to figure out how to react. Can they draw things out long enough for Trump to lose interest? Can they appease him somehow? Or do they need, as Eliot Cohen argued in The Atlantic this past weekend, to show a willingness to resist the United States militarily?

Trump is acting emboldened domestically too. He is once again threatening to invoke the Insurrection Act to deploy troops to Minneapolis, where he seems determined to immiserate the entire city. Before his first term, Trump had threatened to prosecute political rivals, but he was stymied by his aides during his presidency. This time, he’s going through with it. In a New Yorker profile this week of Representative LaMonica McIver, a New Jersey Democrat charged with assault for a fracas at an ICE facility, Representative Lateefah Simon, a California Democrat, said, “Typically, we would say, ‘Oh, they’re just trying to scare her.’” But this is much more than fearmongering: “They’re actively litigating this case,” Simon noted. (McIver has pleaded not guilty.)

Signs of new resistance have started to emerge in parallel with Trump’s newfound resolve. Republican members of Congress have begun pushing back—far less than one would expect even in a normal presidency, but more than in Trump’s previous term or in the early days of this one. They were able to force his hand on the Epstein files, though whether they have the courage to hold him to account for slow-walking the files’ release is not yet clear.

As my colleague Anne Applebaum wrote yesterday, Congress will need to do much more to halt any Greenland fiasco. Foreign leaders will need to take a harder line too. When Trump was a pushover, it was more understandable, if not wiser, to wonder, What is the downside of humoring him? Now the downsides are clear and dangerous.

Birthdays at Courgette – Cindy Lou enjoys the food without an increase in years (on this occasion)

Cindy Lou joins friends for a casual meal at Trev’s at Dickson

The halloumi pops and potato bread were great starters. Some of the main meals were a disappointment, although the lamb shoulder was as good as always. The accompanying pumpkin, rocket, walnuts and fetta salad was delicious.

The Conversation January 20, 2026

Would you use AI to break writer’s block? We asked 5 experts

Nicola RedhouseThe University of MelbourneAriella Van LuynUniversity of New EnglandChristopher ReesUniversity of New EnglandSally BreenGriffith University, and Seth RobinsonThe University of Melbourne

A publishing giant believes AI can help break writers’ block. We asked 5 creative writing experts if they’d use it that way – and the range of results surprised us.

Authors
  1. Nicola RedhouseLecturer, Publishing and Editing, The University of Melbourne
  2. Ariella Van LuynSenior Lecturer in Creative Writing, University of New England
  3. Christopher ReesPhD, Creative Writing, University of New England
  4. Sally BreenAssociate Professor in Creative Writing, Griffith University
  5. Seth RobinsonLecturer, Professional Communications, Public Humanities & Creative Writing, The University of Melbourne
Disclosure statement

The authors do not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and have disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

Republished from The Conversation under –

CC BY ND

The founder and chief executive of Bloomsbury Publishing, responsible for blockbuster romantasy author Sarah J. Maas and literary heavyweights like George Saunders, has suggested AI “will probably help creativity” – including by helping authors defeat writer’s block.

“AI gets them going and writes the first paragraph, or first chapter, and gets them back in the zone,” he said.

We asked five creative writing experts, including authors who’ve published memoirs, novels and short stories, what they think. Would they use AI to break writer’s block?

Their answers – which ranged from “a hard no” to innovative reasons for “yes” – were illuminating, complicated and often surprising.

No

AI is fundamentally missing a capacity to make unique associative connections at a level of meaning, idea and word, which are the life force of good writing.

Nicola Redhouse's avatar

Nicola Redhouse

Nicola Redhouse lectures in publishing and editing at University of Melbourne, and has published a memoir.

I wouldn’t use AI to generate text or to give me ideas for plot or structure. AI is fundamentally missing a capacity to make unique associative connections at a level of meaning, idea and word, which are the life force of good writing. Without the input of my specific experience and inner life, my writing could be anyone’s writing.

As poet Anne Carson said: “The things you think of to link are not in your control. It’s just who you are, bumping into the world. But how you link them is what shows the nature of your mind.”

I am especially interested in the apparently insignificant noise in the writer’s mind, even in the deadness of writer’s block, that offers rich, unexpected links. Without the specificity of that personal noise, writing and story gains the curiously (and offputtingly) bland quality AI seems to be so good at.

I don’t see a creative problem with trying AI-generated prompts in the face of writer’s block – but I do have an ethical problem with those prompts being scraped from real people’s labour, time and creative thinking, without acknowledgement.

Yes

I am using text-to-image AI to help generate ideas for my neo-Victorian Gothic novel. For me, the tool is both a research method and an accessibility aid.

Christopher Rees's avatar

Christopher Rees

Christopher Rees is completing a creative writing PhD at the University of New England.

Living with a chronic illness has changed my relationship with writing. While I can still remember the “before” times, brain fog and aphantasia now limit my ability to visualise my fictional worlds. However, genres like the Gothic rely on symbolic density, such as liminal architecture, supernatural motifs and the sublime terror of nature, to address cultural anxieties.

So, as part of my creative writing PhD, I am using text-to-image AI to help generate ideas for my neo-Victorian Gothic novel. For me, the tool is both a research method and an accessibility aid.

I found that by prompting public domain illustrators such as Randolph Caldecott (known for his gently satirical late 19th-century drawings), I could explore the period’s visual communication to see how behaviour, satire and atmosphere shift when placed in new contexts.

I also use the hallucinations in the AI outputs to subvert the turn-of-the-century Gothic’s outdated assumptions about non-normative minds and bodies, and to reimagine the story world from a neurodivergent perspective. The technology is helping me find my voice again.

No

LLMs have been trained on … stolen works. They’re not capable of generating anything truly original, so any prompt they gave would just be rehashing that piracy – and, in a way, making you complicit.

Seth Robinson's avatar

Seth Robinson

Seth Robinson is a lecturer in professional communications, public humanities and creative writing at University of Melbourne. He is also a novelist and producer.

Right now, this is a hard no. It’s about the ethical implications of using large language models (LLMs), in terms of both climate change and the theft of intellectual and creative works used to train them.

Because LLMs have been trained on those stolen works, they’re not capable of generating anything truly original, so any prompt they gave would just be rehashing that piracy – and, in a way, making you complicit.

I think ten or 20 years from now, if artists, philosophers and scientists were involved in their development – and these ethical issues could be addressed – then these programs might evolve and offer real chances for creativity and collaboration.

That’s the utopian vision the tech companies are selling us now, but the reality is it would have to be a very different program, designed by a different, more diverse group of people.

Yes

I don’t just use generative AI to break writer’s block, I speak back to it … A fascinating, if uneasy, collaboration.

Sally Breen's avatar

Sally Breen

Sally Breen is associate professor in creative writing at Griffith University and the author of a memoir and a novel.

I don’t just use generative AI to break writer’s block, I speak back to it.

In 2023, I participated in Slow Down Time, a collaborative art-making project curated by Mitch Goodwin, exploring the relationship between text, image and machine. Twenty-two authors submitted two prompts and the AI created images from our words. We responded. A call-and-answer translation game between writers and machines.

I went to war. Asking the AI in second person (as if it might be a sentient thing) why it had taken my words about a hotel hook-up into the loneliness of corporate land, and taken my punk rally cry into a post-apocalypse where people have televisions for heads.

Eerily, all the characters – the men in hoodies, the dystopian heroines, the street kids and babies stuck inside the televisions – had eyes the exact same shade of blue as mine. The first four letters of my name were splayed across the t-shirt of a teary-eyed young guy at the end of the world.

A fascinating, if uneasy, collaboration. I wondered: is the darkness in the algorithm, or is it in me?

Yes

Only after I’d exhausted other possibilities. I’m prepared to refine the text generated and I want to think about the differences between humans and machines.

Ariella van Luyn's avatar

Ariella van Luyn

Ariella van Luyn is senior lecturer in creative writing, University of New England. She has published a novel and short stories.

Yes, but only after I’d exhausted other possibilities. I’m prepared to refine the text generated and I want to think about the differences between humans and machines.

Author Jeanette Winterson says engaging with AI-generated materials can change the way writers think about the nature of consciousness. When I talk to characters on character.ai, I experiment with the emotional engagement with fictional constructs that mimic real people – just as I ask readers to do in my fiction. So, AI-generated text can help think through ideas of how we think, feel, connect and relate.

Many other ways of breaking writer’s block – like reading, researching and free writing – are less risky and costly, though.

AI’s automatically generated text may replicate existing writing and biases, while every writer has their own unique, embodied experiences to draw on. Crucially, some writers’ life experiences, such as those from marginalised backgrounds, aren’t visible in the existing data sets. AI texts won’t provide these inspirational stories. So, writers need to refine and intervene.

Week beginning January 14 2026

Julia Golding The Austen Intrigue Book 4 of Regency Secrets, HarperCollins UK, One More Chapter | One More Chapter, November 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

I have mixed feelings about this novel – the Jane Austen link was interesting, the European political and historical background informative and easily understood, and the two main characters, Dora Fitz-Pennington and Jacob Sandys introduce complexities of class, friendships, and professional background. However, there are also some jarring moments which conflict with the measured writing that seems relevant to the period.


Each book in the series, of which this is the fourth, introduces a historical character who assists in the investigations that Fitz-Pennington and Sandys encounter in their detective agency. Jane Austen’s brother, Henry and his wife, Eliza also feature. The first chapter is set in the Austen household, providing a background to their lives – Henry a successful banker and Jane, an unacknowledged writer, but very acknowledged spinster of uncertain age move from this family circle into the path of murder. Henry Austen’s reputation and bank is to be saved by the investigation; Jane Austen, assisting the investigation at his command, is to be first perceived as an irritating spinster who lies about her background and then recognised as the writer of Sense and Sensibility, which Fitz-Pennington reads avidly in a night. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.


Alice McVeigh Marianne A Sense and Sensibility Sequel Warleigh Hall Press | Independent Book Publishers Association (IBPA), Members’ Titles, October 2025.

Thank you NetGalley and Alice McVeigh for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

This series has been a joy to read from the first novel, a wonderful encounter with the young woman who was to become Austen’s Lady Susan, Susan, A Jane Austen Prequel. McVeigh has never moved away from her meticulous rendering of Austen’s language and time and the introduction of credible events: her novels are clearly the end point of not only research, but an enduring knowledge and love for Austen’s work. Marianne A Sense and Sensibility Sequel is particularly elegant in its weaving together characters from several Austen novels – Sense and Sensibility, Mansfield Park, Emma, Lady Susan, Pride and Prejudice and Northanger Abbey.

Marianne Brandon is widowed at twenty – a sad state that does not prevent her from romantic musings, tinged with regret, wrath, and self-delusion about the young men she encounters throughout the novel. Her truly foolish and romantic persona is adopted by Margaret, her younger sister. Margaret’s romantic musings are fully developed in her diary in which she reflects upon her attempts to write a novel. This adds to the humour in the narrative, as well as being reminiscent of Northanger Abbey. There are other delightful reminders of Austen’s fine hand in Willoughby’s self-justification for his treatment of Marianne which recalls the conversation between her aunt and uncle in Sense and Sensibility. Although in this novel, John redeems himself by providing something for the sisters in his will, Willoughby’s self-justification is a potent reminder of the past impoverishment of the sisters that led to his decision to abandon Marianne.

Is Jane Austen’s work so well reflected in Alice McVeigh’s that she is replaced, her own novels unnecessary reading? No, because that is far too high a demand to make of any writer whose work is a variation on another’s. However, does McVeigh capture the essence of Austen so well that we can return to her world through these new novels? I believe that there can be only a resounding yes to that query. In this latest work McVeigh has given us Marianne, a more thoughtful character, but retaining much of her younger, impetuous self. She has also provided other characters with a past that rings true, and a future that is a pleasure to see revealed.

Dr Christopher Herbert Jane Austen’s Favourite Brother, Henry Pen & Sword | Pen & Sword History, May 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Christoher Herbert’s history employs one of the most useful strategies when dealing with a subject for whom the material is sparse. In this case, there is an abundance of material about Jane Austen who has been the subject of so many biographies. However, Herbert does not rely solely on this, adroitly using his independent research and bolstering it with material that sets the context for events that are not recorded. He also uses the more conventional way of contributing to research when dealing with a writer – studying the author’s work for clues. In this case, both Jane and Henry Austen’s writing. This is a work of substance, accessible writing, a broad history of the time and social mores, and an intriguing insight into Henry and his family, including Jane for whom it becomes clear, Henry was indeed her favourite brother.

There are wonderfully comic passages – the discussion of studying at Oxford and Cambridge in the period was delightful. Less attractive is the recognition of the family’s slavery connections. However, these topics and a multitude of others, including reference to Austen’s novels, provide a picture of the father of these two affectionate siblings. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

American Politics

Jeff Jacoby’s Arguable: From two Egyptian midwives to Martin Luther King

The Boston Globe <newsletters@bostonglobe.com>Tuesday, January 13, 2026

By Jeff Jacoby, Globe Opinion columnist 

New to Arguable? Click here to subscribe. Follow me on X

From two midwives in Egypt to Martin Luther King Around the corner from my home in Brookline, Mass., is the William Ingersoll Bowditch House at 9 Toxteth Street. In the 1840s and 1850s, the house was a “station” on the Underground Railroad, part of the elaborate network of secret routes and safe havens that helped 100,000 or more enslaved Black Americans in the United States escape to freedom in the decades before the Civil War. The Underground Railroad, a great collaborative effort in defense of liberty, was also a massive campaign of civil disobedience at a time when federal law made it a crime to assist freedom seekers fleeing bondage. That means that everyone involved in the Underground Railroad was a lawbreaker — and a moral champion.

I pass that house regularly, and often find myself thinking about the Americans who sheltered refugees there. They knew the law (Bowditch was a lawyer) and understood the penalties they risked by flouting it — prosecution, heavy fines, imprisonment. They did it anyway, because their conscience gave them no choice. The Fugitive Slave Act was lawful, duly enacted by Congress and signed by the president. But it was also profoundly unjust, and the men and women of the Underground Railroad recognized a higher obligation than obedience to such a law.

They were not the first to face that dilemma.

The tradition of righteous lawbreaking reaches back far beyond antebellum America. The earliest recorded acts of civil disobedience were committed by three women, whose stories are told in the opening chapters of the book of Exodus. They came from opposite ends of ancient Egypt’s social ladder. Two were lowly midwives named Shifra and Puah. The third was a princess, the daughter of Ramesses II, the most powerful pharaoh in Egyptian history. 

Their tales begin with a genocidal decree. Pharaoh, alarmed by the growing population of his enslaved Hebrews, orders Shifra and Puah to kill every newborn Hebrew boy they deliver. But the women cannot bring themselves to follow such orders. As Exodus 1 relates: “The midwives feared God; they did not do as the king of Egypt commanded them, but they let the boys live.” 

When summoned to explain their disobedience, they offer Pharaoh a transparently absurd excuse: Hebrew women give birth so quickly that the babies arrive before the midwives can get there. Their defiance is not merely courageous but bold to the point of mockery.

This happened in the 13th century BCE, millennia before any theory of civil disobedience existed. The notion of universal human rights was unknown. Yet Shifra and Puah instinctively grasped a principle that would not be codified for many centuries — that some orders are so immoral they must not be obeyed, regardless of who issues them or what punishment disobedience might bring. The text says simply that the women “feared God”— they had a conscience that wouldn’t let them commit murder, even under direct command from the most powerful ruler on earth.

Then, in Exodus 2, comes another act of defiance, equally remarkable.

The serene setting of The Finding of Moses, painted by Nicholas Poussin in 1638, belies the gravity of the civil disobedience it portrays: Pharaoh’s daughter openly defying her tyrannical father’s order to drown all Hebrew baby boys. (Wikimedia) Pharaoh, thwarted by the midwives, issues a public edict, binding on every Egyptian: All male Hebrew newborns are to be drowned in the Nile. One Hebrew mother hides her infant son as long as she can, then sets him afloat in a basket, hoping desperately that someone might rescue him.

Someone does, and it turns out to be the daughter of Pharaoh himself. She finds the baby, realizes immediately that he’s a Hebrew, and decides to save him anyway. Her handmaids, witnessing this defiance, must surely have warned her of the risk. Yet she stands her ground. Indeed, the princess doesn’t simply rescue the child in secret — she adopts him openly and raises him in the royal palace, in direct violation of her father’s genocidal decree.

As the late Rabbi Jonathan Sacks observed, to get a sense of the magnitude of her act, replace the phrase “Pharaoh’s daughter” with “Hitler’s daughter” or “Stalin’s daughter.” In refusing to assist a homicidal regime into whose highest ranks she was born, she demonstrated that even in the heart of darkness, moral courage is possible.

These women — the midwives and the princess — had nothing in common except their refusal to participate in evil. They acted without the benefit of historical precedent or political theory. But they set the pattern for all those who would choose to fight unjust laws by breaking them and accepting the consequences — people like Rosa Parks, Henry David Thoreau, Mahatma Gandhi, Oskar Schindler, the Soviet refuseniks, Bowditch and the Underground Railroad abolitionists, and the Dutch couple who helped hide Anne Frank and her family.

Next week, Americans will honor the life and legacy of Martin Luther King Jr., whose commitment to civil disobedience in the cause of racial justice made him one of the 20th century’s towering figures. As a Baptist minister, King was of course familiar with the legacy of moral courage that stretches back to Shifra, Puah, and Pharaoh’s daughter. His writings and speeches contain many biblical references, and his philosophy of nonviolent resistance rested on the same foundation as the ancient midwives’: There is a law higher than human law, and decent people must sometimes choose between obedience and justice.

In his renowned “Letter from Birmingham Jail,” written in 1963 while imprisoned for organizing a nonviolent march against segregation, King addressed white clergymen who had criticized him for defying an injunction banning civil rights protests. He drew a crucial distinction between just and unjust orders, arguing that “one has a moral responsibility to disobey unjust laws.” But unlike those who simply buck authority, King insisted that genuine civil disobedience requires accepting the penalty. “One who breaks an unjust law must do so openly, lovingly, and with a willingness to accept the penalty,” he wrote. “I submit that an individual who breaks a law that conscience tells him is unjust, and who willingly accepts the penalty of imprisonment in order to arouse the conscience of the community over its injustice, is in reality expressing the highest respect for law.” 

This was no license for lawlessness or violence. King explicitly rejected both. Those who sat down at lunch counters, who marched in the streets, who refused to move to the back of the bus — they weren’t anarchists or revolutionaries. On the contrary, King argued, they were standing up for America’s deepest values, carrying the nation “back to those great wells of democracy which were dug deep by the Founding Fathers.”

In truth, they were reaching back even further — back to the midwives of Egypt who stood before the most powerful ruler of their age and said no. Back to the princess who defied her own father’s genocidal decree. Back to the first people in recorded history who understood that conscience can demand disobedience, and that such disobedience represents not a rejection of law but its highest expression.

This ancient principle is once again a live issue. Last month, six Democratic members of Congress, all military veterans, released a video reminding active-duty service members of their legal obligation under the Uniform Code of Military Justice to refuse unlawful orders. That is hardly a novel or partisan claim. It is settled military law, codified after the Nuremberg trials in order to prevent “just following orders” from serving as a defense for atrocities. The principle is taught at every service academy and appears in every military legal handbook.

Yet the video provoked an unhinged response. In a series of characteristically over-the-top posts, President Trump claimed the lawmakers had committed “SEDITIOUS BEHAVIOR, punishable by DEATH!” Secretary of Defense Pete Hegseth has moved to deprive one of the legislators, Senator Mark Kelly, of his rank and pension as a retired Navy captain. Ironically, Hegseth himself said in a 2016 video that US troops “won’t follow unlawful orders” and that “if you’re doing something that is completely unlawful and ruthless, then there is a consequence for that.” Kelly now faces the prospect of significant financial penalties for saying essentially the same thing.

But the principle endures because it is true: Obedience to human authority has limits. Shifra and Puah understood this without legal theory. Pharaoh’s daughter acted on it at enormous personal risk. The conductors of the Underground Railroad staked their freedom on it. King gave his life for it. And in our generation, too, men and women must decide whether they will uphold this inheritance or abandon it.

As Americans prepare to honor Martin Luther King Jr.’s legacy, it is worth remembering that his commitment to civil disobedience was neither abstract nor comfortable. It meant jail cells and death threats, beatings and bombs. But King believed, as the Egyptian midwives believed 33 centuries earlier, that some laws must be violated and some orders refused.

The Bowditch House still stands on a quiet residential street, long after the law it defied has been consigned to ignominy. The people who sheltered fugitives there did not know how history would judge them; they only knew what they could not do. That is how moral progress usually begins — not with certainty, but with refusal. That is how it must continue, whenever law demands what conscience forbids.

Should ICE Agents Be Able To Wear Masks?

Joyce Vance from Civil Discourse <joycevance@substack.com>

Forwarded this email? Subscribe here for more

Should ICE Agents Be Able To Wear Masks?Joyce VanceJan 14 

Protect and serve. That’s supposed to be the job. What could be further from that than masked agents roaming American streets in packs, refusing to identify themselves, and terrorizing—there is no other word for it at this point—American citizens? Early on, the excuse for wearing masks was that it was necessary to protect the agents. From what? There were reports that they were being doxxed, which no one in law enforcement likes to deal with. But they’re the ones assaulting and killing people, which is far more problematic. Back in July, the Acting Director of ICE, Todd Lyons, said that he did not encourage agents to use masks but would continue to let them wear them in the field “if that’s a tool they need to keep them and their families safe.” Now masks and gaiters are emblematic of ICE agents and their colleagues from CBP (Customs and Border Protection) doing immigration work in places like Minneapolis.

You don’t routinely see the FBI or U.S. Marshals out doing their jobs with masks on. There is literally no legitimate reason for ICE and Customs Border Patrol (CBP) to continue to operate this way during immigration “enforcement actions,” especially in light of the recent history of documented abuses. Anonymity accelerates that kind of behavior. It tells the agents they aren’t accountable for violating people’s civil rights.

There has been concern about the kind of people the administration is rushing into service in ICE and as deportation officers. Congressional Democrats are asking for information on whether hiring includes now-pardoned Jan. 6 defendants.

The overwhelming majority of federal law enforcement agents I worked with during my 25-year career at DOJ were men and women who were committed to following the law themselves while protecting their communities and prosecuting crimes. They believed citizens had constitutional rights. There’s no reason for the sudden change, a world where an agent shoots and kills a woman for no good reason, except that the current leadership in the White House and at DHS is willing to tolerate, if not encourage, what we’re now seeing. There are people ripped out of their cars, homes entered without a judicial warrant, agents who treat American citizens like they have no rights. This administration dishonors the service of the federal agents who spent their careers committed to constitutional policing.

Law enforcement officers are trained to de-escalate tense situations. Instead, we’re watching ICE agents act like the accelerant to a smoldering fire. The administration’s take on the failure of agents to behave like the good guys they’re supposed to be isn’t to put a stop to it. Instead, they revel in the Gestapo-like images of doors being busted downschool kids being knocked to the ground, and peaceful protesters being hit with pepper spray. So, it’s up to someone else to stop it.

The state of training at ICE is unclear, as new agents are rapidly hired and deployed. But what we’re seeing is troubling.

Some states have tried passing laws to prohibit masking.

California passed SB 627 (the “No Secret Police Act”) in late 2025, restricting law enforcement, including federal agents, from using extreme face coverings like ski masks during operations, effective Jan 1, 2026. There are logical exemptions to protect officer safety and the identity of undercover operatives. California Governor Gavin Newsom said at the time, “This is about the secret police. We’re not North Korea, Mr. President. We’re not the Soviet Union. This is the United States of America.”

The language of the bill explains that “facial coverings limit the visibility of facial expressions, which are essential components of nonverbal communication. In high-stress or emotionally charged interactions, the inability to read an officer’s expression may lead to misinterpretation of tone or intent, increasing the risk of conflict escalation” and that “the visibility of an officer’s face is vital for promoting transparency, facilitating communication, and building trust between law enforcement agencies and the communities they serve.” It also points out that “when officers are not readily identifiable, it increases the risk of impersonation by unauthorized individuals, which further undermines public trust, endangers public safety, and hinders legitimate law enforcement operations.”

But the Constitution protects federal supremacy, and the predictable challenge to the law from DOJ ensued in November 2025, arguing that the measure infringes on federal authority and endangers agent safety in an environment of accelerating threats made against them. California agreed it would not enforce the law until a judge had the opportunity to rule on the federal government’s request for a preliminary injunction. The concession was viewed as “a tactical decision by the state, speeding the court proceedings toward a conclusion while avoiding a temporary restraining order that likely would have prevented the law from taking effect in the meantime.” A preliminary injunction hearing is scheduled to take place this week.

Rep Eric Swalwell told me exactly this in an interview on Friday, adding defunding ICE, an end to immunity and more support for state prosecutions of criminal agents: newrepublic.com/article/2051...Mon, 12 Jan 2026 14:01:58 GMT View on Bluesky

Law enforcement can adapt to measures that prohibit masking except when necessary (as in SWAT operations or for undercover agents). Although federal law doesn’t contain any restrictions on wearing masks, in 2022, the Secret Service and the Park Police agreed to wear badges and identify themselves in public, as a result of the debacle in Lafayette Square during the first Trump administration, when rubber bulletstear gas, and flash bangs were used on peaceful protestors. Federal agents and police cleared the Square to facilitate Trump’s desire for a photo opportunity at St. John’s Church.

Whether or not the California law passes constitutional muster, its rationale is strong. In a moment where the focus should be on de-escalating tension between federal agents and communities, masks are making it worse. It would be a simple measure and a show of good faith toward communities like Minneapolis to end their use. That the administration won’t take even that simple step tells you all you need to know about where this is headed.Thanks for being here with me at Civil Discourse. I appreciate your support. Paid subscriptions make the work and resources that go into the newsletter possible and allow us to expand the community of people who believe it’s our duty as citizens to participate in our democracy.

We’re in this together, Joyce

British Politics

Fiona Hill: “The UK needs to think of its own sovereignty” *

The foreign policy expert on spheres of influence and what America First really means

By Megan Gibson

Fiona Hill knows more than almost anyone just how fraught this geopolitical moment is. The British-born Russia expert not only served as an adviser to presidents George W Bush, Barack Obama and Donald Trump, she also sat on the US’s National Security Council until 2019. Later that year, she became a star witness in Congress’s impeachment inquiry over Trump’s relationship with Russia ahead of the 2020 presidential election.

More recently, as people scrambled for information in the immediate aftermath of the US’s strikes in Venezuela, a 2019 deposition resurfaced in which Hill detailed a “strange swap arrangement” that Russia was floating at the time. According to the proposal, Russia suggested it would cede its interests in Venezuela if the US would abandon Ukraine. Hill spoke to the New Statesman about that proposal, the return of the Monroe Doctrine and the prospect of a US attack on Europe.  

Megan Gibson: Your 2019 deposition has gained a lot of attention in recent days. When you gave the deposition it was well before the full-scale invasion of Ukraine, but was the revelation of the swap proposal picked up on at the time?

Fiona Hill: It wasn’t really. That’s why it’s probably resonated in such a major way now, because people are looking back for explanations. What we have to do is cast ourselves back to that first Trump administration in 2019. You just had another election in Venezuela. Maduro had absolutely, clearly lost. At that point, the US was part of a much larger discussion about how to persuade Maduro to give up power, to leave and to put a coalition government to place that would then start that process of putting Venezuela on a different footing. There were a lot of European countries [involved], including the UK, Italy, Spain, Colombia, Mexico, Brazil. There was a question about where Maduro would go, and that was certainly not off to the Southern District Court of New York. The idea was that like many former dictators, he’d find somewhere to go. In the midst of all of this there are also rumours spreading around that the US might basically try to topple Maduro.

The Russians had vested interests: they’d been using Venezuela as a launchpad for all kinds of disinformation in the Spanish language. They’re still playing up all these old leftist connections from the Soviet period, and there’s oil. So the Russians had specialists they put in place basically to help Maduro push back against the possibility of a US invasion.

Meanwhile, you’ve got some Russian officials basically saying, “Perhaps if [we left you to] focus on Venezuela, then you could basically butt out of whatever it is that you think you’re doing in Ukraine.” I had hints dropped – that nudge-nudge, wink-wink kind of approach – by the Russian ambassador to the US at the time, Anatoly Antonov. But the proposal was not picked up at that point, even by people within the [first] Trump administration, because the people at the time who were interested in the demise of Maduro were not interested in doing a swap for Ukraine.

But was there anyone in the first administration who seemed especially intrigued by the prospect of a return to the Monroe Doctrine?

Well, there were certainly plenty of people talking about it. I would say that our Secretary of State, Marco Rubio – at that point he was in the Senate – was then making very strong comments about the importance of the US playing a more forceful role in its hemisphere. Now we seem to have gone back to an old role, or even an expansion of an old role of the US throwing its weight around. I’m not sure that’s really what, at the time, Rubio had in mind. But there certainly were plenty of people who wanted to see the end of Maduro. The Russians, of course, knew that, and they kept making all these comments about Cuba as well.

And now we see Trump is talking about attacking Cuba, as well as attacking Colombia and Mexico, and annexing Greenland. Were these countries part of the Russian conversation back then?

No, of course not. Greenland was already emerging as a fixation of Trump’s, but it wasn’t linked at that point to any larger idea of dominating the Western hemisphere. It was more about the risks of China muscling in. Look, the president is saying there’s all these ships from China and Russia around Greenland – no, there is not. Remember, Greenland is part of Nato and the US has had bases in Greenland since the 1950s. It [already] plays an important role in North Atlantic security, which is recognised by the Danes, by the Greenlanders themselves and Canada, Norway and the UK. Perhaps rudimentary fragments were there in that period around 2019 or so but they weren’t then taking the shape of: “I can do whatever I want in the Western hemisphere. It’s my domain.”

How concerned should the residents of Greenland – and Europe – be now?

They should be very concerned. You had Katie Miller – the wife of Stephen Miller, Trump’s chief adviser – putting out on X a picture of Greenland with the US map [overlaid]. Is this trolling? Obviously, but it’s also got some real menace behind it.

It’s the kind of thing we expect from the Russians. It’s intimidation.

It all depends how this plays out in Venezuela. Spheres of influence might be all nice and neat and great for historians to talk about, but they rarely go uncontested. The US is not the overlord of every country in Latin and South America in the way that it might have been. Brazil is a major power, it’s got options. Other countries are not as weak as Venezuela is. Are Canadians really going to just go along with anything that is pushed upon them? We can see from recent events in Ukraine and elsewhere that when people are put under a lot of pressure, some of them decide to fight back.

Should we take Trump at his word that this is a return of the Monroe Doctrine and that he’s simply seizing command of his backyard? Could it be part of a wider attempt at asserting US supremacy?

I don’t think these things have to be mutually exclusive. The National Security Strategy makes things very clear that the Western hemisphere is now the focal point but what is our vision for the region other than: “We own this, and everyone else can keep out”? Now Europe is a secondary consideration and so is the Middle East. Everyone is at pains to say that China is still a major priority, which doesn’t suggest that leaving the whole of Asia to President Xi is entirely on thecards.

[But] there’s a whole wide world out there [to push back] – not just Brazil but India, South Africa, Indonesia, Japan, South Korea, all kinds of other countries that were not in the picture during the Cold War. This is a totally different place, the world we live in now, than it was 80 years ago, 40 years, 30 years, or even 20 years ago. It’s much more complicated, and I’m not so sure how much Trump is going to be able to throw his weight around.

His second term has recast a lot of thinking about Trump as an isolationist and what America First means exactly. Do his actions align with any recognisable doctrine? Or is it a mistake to think that he has one?

Well, there’s lots of people around him who have recognisable doctrines. But with Trump, it’s about him and it’s about his perceptions. A lot of this is personal whim. He is a pattern-breaker. That’s why he’s so successful, actually, because people expect all kinds of things from him and then he often does things they weren’t expecting at all.

He says he is America First – no, he’s himself first. Anywhere [he sees the opportunity to gain] some benefit for him and his own extended business interests, then you can be sure he’ll take it if he thinks he can get away with it. [So they] put pressure on Denmark, put pressure on Europeans because Europe doesn’t have any leverage. Wherever he can leverage something – and this is exactly what Putin and the Russians do – he will leverage it.

How much of this foreign policy comes down to Trump’s own pursuit of self-enrichment?

Oh, it’s a lot about that. And enrichment isn’t just in monetary terms. It’s in terms of the mantle of power and his own status. It’s about his ego, and renaming everything after him. I’m sure Venezuela will now have some new appendage attached to it [bearing Trump’s name].

So it’s his legacy?

I don’t think he’s really interested in legacy. He wants the accolades in real time because he won’t be around to enjoy them when he is dead. Putin and Xi are somewhat different because they see themselves as the inheritors of great history – millennia-long [history] in the case of China. For Trump, it is just Trump. He completely trashes every other American leader – he doesn’t have a good word for any of them.

Is China more likely to launch its own military operation in Taiwan after Venezuela? Does it figure at all into the calculation?

Well, it basically removes any moral high ground that the US – or anybody else, frankly, if they don’t push back against this – would have. The Russians already have made all these cases about Zelensky not being legitimate, for example, and [guilty of] all kinds of corruption. In the case of Taiwan, could we start to see some kind of manufacturing about rogue behaviour [to justify an invasion]? That might give them an excuse, but perhaps they don’t even need that. But [the Venezuela strike] removes the ability for others to push back against it.

The idea of spheres of influence where Russia looks after its patch, China has its patch and the US has the Western hemisphere – it leaves Europe a bit adrift…

It’s somebody else’s patch.

Exactly. But Marco Rubio has always been hawkish on China and Russia, and thus quite supportive of Taiwan and Europe compared to other figures in the administration – like JD Vance. Rubio seems to be ascendant within the administration at the moment, so how do you think he’ll influence these various geopolitical calculations?

It’s really hard to say. Rubio might be ascendant on this issue, but he certainly hasn’t been in the case of Ukraine or in the Middle East. [Latin America] is an issue that he is deeply familiar with. On the other issues – Europe, the larger geopolitical landscape – he’s extraordinarily well versed. But can he have that same impact? I’m not so sure.

And if the Russians are thinking of trade-offs, then you’ve got people like Vance and others who do not want to see any more support for Ukraine or Europe. You look at the people who helped put together that National Security Strategy: itdoesn’t necessarily bode well for any kind of coherence here. What it does suggest is that it’s just gonna be this tug of war, all the time. If I were sitting in London and Europe, I’d be getting my own act together.

You helped write the UK’s Strategic Defence Review, so you have more insight than almost anyone on where Britain falls short. At the moment, how great of a concern are British capabilities?

They are of concern. And all of Europe and Canada is probably feeling quite discomforted at the moment as well. It was never a great idea: 80 years of the US dominating European security and everybody just basically acquiescing to that because they believed they were dealing with a benevolent country. It was always inevitable that the US at some point was going to say, enough.

So what we should be doing is really taking a long, hard look – as we tried to do in the Strategic Defence Review – at our own security position. Who is it that we should be working most closely with? In the review you will see there was a lot of advocation of focusing on the European security front. In the period that we were finishing it in March of last year, it was just prior to the whole blow-up at the 2025 Munich Security Conference, and there was still the idea that the US would remain a major bilateral partner. But this is a place that’s in a constant amount of flux. The UK, like other European neighbours, needs to re-engage with Canada, Denmark and Greenland and Norway, all the Scandinavian countries, [as part] of a multifaceted security realm in the North Atlantic, the North Sea, the northern part of Europe. The UK also has overseas interest and it has to take care of themas well.

But it has to do that in conjunction with others. It’s fair to say, and some people will disagree, but Brexit was a colossal mistake because it assumed a benign security environment. And I’m sorry, you could have foreseen these kinds of things happening. Making yourself entirely dependent on the US at a time when the world was changing dramatically was a strategic blunder. The world was changing [then] and it’s well and truly changed now. The UK will have to work very closely with its other allies to figure out how to address this, and we need a national conversation. It doesn’t mean [saying], “We’re gonna be under attack any second now from the Russians pouring over this border, land, sea, or air.” But we’re in a real predicament and we haven’t taken care of our critical national infrastructure. We also have to think about the informational and propaganda environment that we’re in: it’s informational warfare, which the Russians are winning all the time, and frankly, the United States is engaging now with the same degrees of hostile propaganda. The UK needs to think of its own sovereignty as other countries do.

Would you have liked to see a stronger initial reaction from European leaders and Keir Starmer to what happened in Venezuela?

[It’s important to make] it clear that there have been violations of international law and process here, and recognising that the UK and Europe and others cannot be complicit in this. Do they have to tread very carefully? Absolutely. And they better start thinking about what they are going to do about Panama. What about Greenland? What about Canada?

We also have to see what happens. There’s always a rush [to think] the world is ending here. I’m probably contributing to that somewhat by some of the things I’m laying out. But I’m going to pause here [to note that] the US doesn’t exist in a vacuum. It will get pushback. Some of that pushback could well come from the UK and other European allies, and Canada basically saying “no”. Everybody has agency. This is not going to be a linear triumphal march from Venezuela to [the US dominating] everything else.

Back to the idea of Russia and the US swapping Venezuela for Ukraine: if you are Zelensky at this moment, how worried should you be?

Pretty worried. But it seems to be more par for the course for poor Zelensky. There’s been all kinds of pressure on Ukraine [already] to give up territory. We’ve been dealing with all of that for the last several months, but it really does undercut the US as an honest broker. I think the Ukrainians were already quite aware of this. It just means we’re in a territory where the Russians double and triple down. Trump says all the time: “Ukraine’s a little country.” It’s not actually a little country, it’s a big country. But [in Trump’s mind] it belongs in the sphere of Russia, where might makes right.

This is an edited extract from a longer interview. Hear the full conversation on the New Statesman’s Daily Politics podcast, below.

[Further reading: America’s imperial fights are not necessarily ours]

  • See my review of Fiona Hill’s autobiography, There is Nothing For You Here in my blog October 2021.

Listen to the New Statesman podcast

The Sydney Morning Herald Rob Harris and Matthew Knott

Updated January 8, 2026 — 7.57pmfirst published at 4.31pm

‘I’ve taken the time to reflect’: Anthony Albanese bows to intense pressure, announces antisemitism royal commission

An unprecedented royal commission will probe the explosion of antisemitism and a deterioration in social cohesion following the worst terror attack in the nation’s history after the federal government caved to three weeks of fierce calls from the victims’ families, public figures, the opposition and some within Labor to hold a federal inquiry.

Prime Minister Anthony Albanese stared down last-minute resistance from prominent Jewish Australians, including former treasurer Josh Frydenberg, by appointing former High Court justice Virginia Bell to lead the national inquiry, who has been asked to complete her inquiry and report by the end of the year.

He said the inquiry would address four key areas: investigating the nature and prevalence of antisemitism; making recommendations to assist law enforcement or to control immigration and security agencies to tackle antisemitism; examining the circumstances surrounding the Bondi terrorist attack on December 14; and examining ways to strengthen social cohesion and counter the spread of ideological and religiously motivated extremism in Australia.

“I’ve taken the time to reflect, to meet with leaders in the Jewish community, and most importantly, I’ve met with many of the families of victims and survivors of that horrific attack,” Albanese said after constantly rejecting calls for weeks to hold a national inquiry. “They’ve had their lives and worlds shattered … I’ve shed tears with them. I want to thank people for those honest and open-hearted conversations.”

He said it became clear to him that a federal royal commission was needed into the broader issue rather that a NSW-based inquiry because antisemitism was not confined between “the Tweed River and the Murray”. Following Albanese’s announcement, the NSW government confirmed its planned inquiry would no longer proceed.

Albanese said the inquiry would not be “a drawn-out process”, and the government has asked Bell to deliver her final report before December 14. The commissioner has also been directed not to prejudice any future criminal proceedings against 24-year-old gunman Naveed Akram, who faces 59 charges, including 15 counts of murder.

Pressed later on whether the backdown had made him appear weak, Albanese told the ABC’s 7.30: “I think that people expressing their views is a good thing. Governments should be open to listening, and we have done that.”

Despite refusing to publicly commit to a royal commission in the weeks since the terror attack, Albanese said the government had been working on the details of the royal commission for some time.

The government was determined to avoid a “half-hearted” announcement of intention that only fuelled more speculation, he said.

Former senior public servant Dennis Richardson’s existing work examining the roles of the security and intelligence agencies will be incorporated into the commission. Richardson will support Bell’s inquiry and deliver an interim report by April.

The four key terms of the Royal Commission on Antisemitism and Social Cohesion
  1. Investigate the prevalence of antisemitism in Australia, including how it is driven by religious and ideologically motivated extremism and radicalisation
  2. Help law enforcement and security agencies tackle antisemitism, including through training organisations on how to respond to antisemitic conduct
  3. Examine the circumstances surrounding the Bondi terrorist attack
  4. Make any other recommendations that could strengthen social cohesion and counter the spread of extremism

The Islamic State-inspired attack on a Jewish festival event at Bondi on December 14 left 15 people dead and more than 40 injured.

Hitting out at critics within his own left-wing political base, who believe the role of Israel’s assault on the Gaza Strip in October 2023 are to blame for the uptick in antisemitic acts and violence, Albanese said he was determined that he wanted to build social cohesion, and not tear it apart.

“I don’t want a royal commission into whether we provide a solution on Gaza or on the Middle East,” he said.

“That’s not the role of a royal commission … Australians want two things. When it comes to the Middle East, they want it to stop – they want peace for Israelis and Palestinians. But the other thing that they want is for conflict to not be brought here.”

The commission will also examine the adequacy of law enforcement, border, immigration and security agency responses to antisemitism and make recommendations to strengthen social cohesion and counter ideological and religious radicalisation.

Albanese said Bell’s experience would allow the commission to meaningfully examine the impact of antisemitism on the daily lives of Jewish Australians without providing a platform for hatred.

“This royal commission is the right format, the right duration and the right terms of reference to deliver the right outcome for our national unity and our national security,” Albanese said.

Opposition Leader Sussan Ley criticised Albanese for taking three weeks to agree to hold a federal investigation, saying: “This will forever be the Commonwealth royal commission Anthony Albanese was forced to have. Few issues in Australian history have united such a broad and credible coalition against a sitting prime minister.”

Ley said the decision to appoint a single commissioner showed Albanese still failed “to grasp the gravity of the issues at stake”.

The Coalition had called for three royal commissioners to be appointed: a former judge, a person with lived experience of antisemitism and a national security expert.

Frydenberg, now chairman of Goldman Sachs Australia, said following the announcement that the commission must be fiercely independent, rigorous, trusted and transparent.

“The bar is high. The stakes are higher,” he said in a post on X. “It is a tragic reality that antisemitism has become normalised in Australia. It is a cancer that must be rooted out.”

The Zionist Federation of Australia welcomed the establishment of the royal commission as a “necessary and important step” and praised the scope of its terms of reference.

“The work now is to ensure the commission is able to examine all relevant issues fully and rigorously, so it can follow the evidence wherever it leads and deliver practical reforms that strengthen the safety and wellbeing of Jewish Australians and the broader community,” the federation’s president, Jeremy Liebler, said.

Executive Council of Australian Jewry President Daniel Aghion said the government had made the right decision by heeding the calls made by the Jewish community and the families affected by the shootings.

Related Article
Virginia Bell has been flagged by Labor figures as in the frame to lead a potential royal commission.
Virginia Bell
Who is Virginia Bell, the former justice who will lead the Bondi royal commission?

“We are especially grateful to the eminent artists, lawyers, business leaders, sporting legends, political figures, women’s organisations and other groups who added their powerful voices to this call.”

Aghion said the executive council would cooperate fully Bell with as commissioner and “make every effort to ensure that the full force of the community’s views and experiences of antisemitism in various sectors of society are brought to the forefront of the inquiry”.

Jewish leaders had earlier warned Albanese against appointing Bell amid concerns over her previous High Court ruling in favour of public protest as an act of political expression, while others said she could be viewed as an overly political choice after Labor appointed her in 2022 to probe Scott Morrison’s multiple ministries.

Asked directly about the criticisms of Bell, Albanese said there had been a range of views but there was “no one of the stature of Virginia Bell”, adding her background in the criminal law would be critical, and she was “widely respected right across the board”.

A Jewish community leader said that, while there had been some disquiet about Bell’s perceived close ties to Labor, criticism of the government’s response to the Bondi massacre would simmer down. “Now the decision has been made, everyone will do their best to support it,” the community leader said.

Albanese had been subjected to three weeks of pressure both publicly and, increasingly, internally after he suggested a royal commission was not best placed to deal with national security issues and risked giving a platform to antisemitic hate speech.

After several interventions, he this week changed his message, opening the door to calls for a royal commission which had come from the families of Bondi victims, national and state Jewish community groups, more than 200 senior members of the Australian Bar, more than 100 captains of industry, the Business Council of Australia, the Law Council of Australia, Catholic bishops, prominent sports stars and three Labor backbenchers.

Albanese said Israeli President Isaac Herzog was still formally invited to visit the country in coming weeks despite opposition from pro-Palestinian advocates in Labor’s rank and file.

The AI revolution is here. Will the economy survive the transition?

The Substack Post <post+unstacked@substack.com> 10 January 2026

Forwarded this email? Subscribe here for more

The AI revolution is here. Will the economy survive the transition?

The man who predicted the 2008 crash, Anthropic’s co-founder, and a leading AI podcaster jump into a Google doc to debate the future of AI—and, possibly, our lives.

Michael BurryDwarkesh PatelPatrick McKenzie, and Jack Clark

Michael Burry called the subprime mortgage crisis when everyone else was buying in. Now he’s watching trillions pour into AI infrastructure, and he’s skeptical. Jack Clark is the co-founder of Anthropic, one of the leading AI labs racing to build the future. Dwarkesh Patel has interviewed everyone from Mark Zuckerberg to Tyler Cowen about where this is all headed. We put them in a Google doc with Patrick McKenzie moderating and asked: Is AI the real deal, or are we watching a historic misallocation of capital unfold in real time?

The story of AI

Patrick McKenzie: You’ve been hired as a historian of the past few years. Succinctly narrate what has been built since Attention Is All You Need. What about 2025 would surprise an audience in 2017? What predictions of well-informed people have not been borne out? Tell the story as you would to someone in your domain—research, policy, or markets.

Jack Clark: Back in 2017, most people were betting that the path to a truly general-purpose system would come from training agents from scratch on a curriculum of increasingly hard tasks, and through this, create a generally capable system. This was present in the research projects from all the major labs, like DeepMind and OpenAI, trying to train superhuman players in games like Starcraft, Dota 2, and AlphaGo. I think of this as basically a “tabula rasa” bet—start with a blank agent and bake it in some environment(s) until it becomes smart. Of course, as we all know now, this didn’t actually lead to general intelligences—but it did lead to superhuman agents within the task distribution they were trained on. At this time, people had started experimenting with a different approach, doing large-scale training on datasets and trying to build models that could predict and generate from these distributions. This ended up working extremely well, and was accelerated by two key things: the Transformer framework from Attention Is All You Need, which made this type of large-scale pre-training much more efficient, and the roughly parallel development of “Scaling Laws,” or the basic insight that you could model out the relationship between capabilities of pre-trained models and the underlying resources (data, compute) you pour into them. By combining Transformers and the Scaling Laws insights, a few people correctly bet that you could get general-purpose systems by massively scaling up the data and compute. Now, in a very funny way, things are coming full circle: people are starting to build agents again, but this time, they’re imbued with all the insights that come from pre-trained models. A really nice example of this is the SIMA 2 paper from DeepMind, where they make a general-purpose agent for exploring 3D environments, and it piggybacks on an underlying pre-trained Gemini model. Another example is Claude Code, which is a coding agent that derives its underlying capabilities from a big pre-trained model.

Patrick: Due to large language models (LLMs) being programmable and widely available, including open source software (OSS) versions that are more limited but still powerful relative to 2017, we’re now at the point where no further development on AI capabilities (or anything else interesting) will ever need to be built on a worse cognitive substrate than what we currently have. This “what you see today is the floor, not the ceiling” is one of the things I think best understood by insiders and worst understood by policymakers and the broader world. Every future Starcraft AI has already read The Art of War in the original Chinese, unless its designers assess that makes it worse at defending against Zerg rushes.

Jack: Yes, something we say often to policymakers at Anthropic is “This is the worst it will ever be!” and it’s really hard to convey to them just how important that ends up being. The other thing which is unintuitive is how quickly capabilities improve—one current example is how many people are currently playing with Opus 4.5 in Claude Code and saying some variation of “Wow, this stuff is so much better than it was before.” If you last played with LLMs in November, you’re now wildly miscalibrated about the frontier.

Michael Burry: From my perspective, in 2017, AI wasn’t LLMs. AI was artificial general intelligence (AGI). I think people didn’t think of LLMs as being AI back then. I mean, I grew up on science fiction books, and they predict a lot, but none of them pictured “AI” as something like a search-intensive chatbot.For Attention Is All You Need and its introduction of the transformer model, these were all Google engineers using Tensor, and back in the mid-teens, AI was not a foreign concept. Neural networks, machine learning startups were common, and AI was mentioned a lot in meetings. Google had the large language model already, but it was internal. One of the biggest surprises to me is that Google wasn’t leading this the whole way given its Search and Android dominance, both with the chips and the software. Another surprise is that I thought application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs) would be adopted far earlier, and small language models (SLMs) would be adopted far earlier. That Nvidia has continued to be the chip for AI this far into inference is shocking. The biggest surprise to me is that ChatGPT kicked off the spending boom. The use cases for ChatGPT have generally been limited from the start—search, students cheating, and coding. Now there are better LLMs for coding. But it was a chatbot that kicked off trillions in spending. Speaking of that spending, I thought one of the best moments of Dwarkesh’s interview with Satya Nadella was the acknowledgement that all the big software companies are hardware companies now, capital-intensive, and I am not sure the analysts following them even know what maintenance capital expenditure is.

Dwarkesh Patel: Great points. It is quite surprising how non-durable leads in AI so far have been. Of course, in 2017, Google was far and away ahead. A couple years ago, OpenAI seemed way ahead of the pack. There is some force (potentially talent poaching, rumor mills, or reverse engineering) which has so far neutralized any runaway advantages a single lab might have had. Instead, the big three keep rotating around the podium every few months. I’m curious whether “recursive superintelligence” would actually be able to change this, or whether we should just have a prior and strong competition forever.

For the remainder of this lengthy discussion see Further Commentary and Articles arising from Books* and continued longer articles as noted in the blog.

Week beginning January 7 2026

Clara Bow Clara Bow My Story Histria Books|Histria A&E, February 2026.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

The introduction is a joy to read – beautifully written, informative, and sensitive to the star whose story is told in the following pages. This too, is informative. Not only is it the story of a young woman whose distinctive appearance and behaviour questioned roles for women in both silent and talkie movies, but the story of that industry. To see the change from the silent era to advances in film technology through the way in which Clara Bow approached the changes, and succeeded, is a valuable way of learning this story as well as that of a remarkably engaging star. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Bonnie Clevering with Jason Clevering Continuity by Bonnie Clevering: Life Beyond the Credits, Punctuate Press, September 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Continuity combines Clevering’s personal and public lives so skilfully that she not only provides an engaging story of her own life but advances the value of the roles of those whose credits pass quickly at the end of the film – often when an audience is streaming out of the cinema. Her voice throughout, talking about her domestic life, her various jobs, in and out of films, and dealing with actors is authentically that of a woman of integrity, thoughtfulness and self-awareness. I began feeling that this book was a little slow, but soon could not put it down. Continuity is a wonderful read, about a fascinating industry and Bonny Clevering’s role in it, as well as engaging with someone I began to admire. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Australian Politics

Paul Bongiorno
Inside Murray Watt’s environmental deal

Parliament’s last sitting week for the year was an intense guessing game, as Environment Minister Murray Watt haggled with competing sides on how best to reform Australia’s environment laws.

Watt had put everything on the line politically, creating a deadline to finalise what was in fact a five-year journey to reach a destination everybody agreed was needed, namely the implementation of recommendations proposed by businessman Graeme Samuel after his review of a framework that had been in place for 25 years.

Watt, the ebullient Queenslander, who has become Anthony Albanese’s chief fixer, delivered the government a significant win after convincing the 10 Greens he needed in the Senate that the perfect no longer needed to be the enemy of the good.

The demands of the Greens’ environmental protections lead negotiator, Sarah Hanson-Young, weren’t quite as robust as some of her colleagues would have liked, but, in the end, Hanson-Young viewed the amended bill as a vast improvement on the version that was originally presented.

Coal and gas projects would no longer be fast-tracked and, critically, there was significantly less delay in ending the logging of native forests. There was also more protection of the natural environment and endangered species.

Earlier in the week, Opposition Leader Sussan Ley suspected Watt and Albanese were about to do what she described as a “dirty deal” with the Greens. Her concerns were principally over the fate of natural gas projects, which she claims are essential to providing affordable energy.

The Coalition was most unhappy about the proposed environment protection agency and its ability to heavily fine industry for flouting environmental safeguards.

This was a key recommendation of the Samuel Review and gives Australia for the first time what Albanese says is a strong independent regulator. Samuel told the prime minister he is elated his reforms have finally been implemented.Watt had put everything on the line politically, creating a deadline to finalise what was in fact a five-year journey to reach a destination everybody agreed was needed, namely the implementation of recommendations proposed by businessman Graeme Samuel after his review of a framework that had been in place for 25 years.

The truth is the Coalition was struggling to present consistent demands. Watt says he was dealing not only with shadow minister Angie Bell but also with “multiple Coalition frontbenchers” who had come to him with their own thoughts. It was “quite difficult to then work out who was the actual negotiator and what is their position”. He said he had meetings with Coalition representatives who would say they’ve “got their final list of demands, and then we meet with someone else, and they’ve got other demands”.

Watt bristled at Ley’s criticism of him for “mismanag[ing] this entire process” and, she says, endangering the resources sector that is critical for “our national income”.

Watt says the reformed Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act strikes the right balance between conservation and project developments, which includes housing.

During the tense negotiations this week senior ministers were very nervous about concluding a deal with a fractious Coalition. One cited the Carbon Pollution Reduction Scheme in 2009, signed off by then Liberal leader Malcolm Turnbull. Ultimately, that deal was broken, the leader was dumped and the vote failed in parliament.

That has not been Ley’s fate, although the parliamentary year ends with her being regarded as a seat warmer, waiting for one of her conservative rivals to strike.

Things are much more settled under the leadership of Larissa Waters in the Greens party room. A cabinet minister observed:
“The Greens all have their say in their party room, but they trust their negotiator, Hanson-Young, and once they have made a decision, stick with it.” The Greens insisted more notice be taken of the potential climate change impact of any environmental or development projects, a view with considerable support, according to the latest Essential Report.

However, the Coalition’s abandonment of the net zero target and the rise of support for One Nation, an even more strident critic of climate science and action, appears to have taken a toll. Polling shows an erosion in the number of Australians who accept climate change is happening and caused by human activity. It now stands at 53 per cent, down from a high of 64 per cent eight years ago.

According to the same poll, 36 per cent of people believe Australia is not doing enough to address climate, against 20 per cent who think it is doing too much.

The opposition seems hell-bent on representing this minority. Rather than welcome Climate Change and Energy Minister Chris Bowen taking an active international role as president of policy negotiations for next year’s COP31 in Türkiye, advancing the net zero target set in Paris in 2015, it accuses him of abandoning his portfolio responsibilities.

On Monday, the Coalition came up with the glib phrase that Bowen was now a “part-time minister, full-time president”.

Of course, this is a ridiculous characterisation of the position. Bowen cited a number of examples of ministers in other countries simultaneously carrying out their COP roles while retaining their domestic portfolios. He told parliament that to suggest his new role is a full-time job “is a complete and utter invention, it is a fantasy”.

Ley’s first question to the prime minister on Monday scoffed at government claims that Bowen’s role gave “unprecedented influence” on important international emissions reduction efforts. “Why isn’t this part-time minister, full-time president” using his “unprecedented” influence to lower energy bills for Australians, she asked. The cynicism is breathtaking.

Albanese accused the opposition of “talking Australia down” and ditching bipartisan support for Australians playing key international roles, such as former Liberal finance minister Mathias Cormann, who is now the secretary-general of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. Cormann has been reappointed for a second term, with the government’s support.

Albanese accused the Coalition of failing to address energy shortages and price rises when in government and said their current plan would lead to higher prices because of its negative impact on investment in cheaper renewable energy projects.

The opposition’s other refrain for the week was to ask the government, repeatedly, “When will energy prices come down?” It is a question they cannot themselves answer in regard to their “affordable energy plans”.

Everyone knows the transition to renewables is unavoidably expensive, made worse by almost a decade of Coalition government doing nothing to replace ageing coal-fired power stations.

Ministers avoided providing assurances of early price relief, although Bowen did point to the successful home battery uptake and the way solar panels substantially cut electricity costs for households.

Midweek the new, expanded basket of goods and services included in the monthly consumer price index showed a 0.0 per cent change. That owed more to the fact it was the first in the new series than anything else. More worrying was the annual rate to October rose 3.8 per cent. In Question Time, the opposition avoided tackling Treasurer Jim Chalmers and directed its sole question on the rise in the cost of living to Albanese. It was a curious strategy that suggests it is gun-shy of Chalmers.

Ley reminded the prime minister that earlier in the year he had “promised the Australian people” the country had “turned the corner on inflation” and that the treasurer assured them the government had “inflation under control”.

Albanese is acutely aware of the potency of living costs for voters and accepted that the latest figures “confirm” households are still facing pressures. He noted the withdrawal of state energy subsidies was a contributing factor, but said his government was focused on relief measures and wanted to give assistance.

Chalmers said any decision to continue federal energy bill relief will be made closer to the midyear fiscal review but they can’t be a “permanent feature”. Blunting the opposition’s criticism was its failure at the May election to support the rebates and tax cuts.

Speaking at the National Press Club, shadow treasurer Ted O’Brien attempted to distance the survivors in the Coalition from its ill-fated election policies. He is promising tax cuts next time. His press club address was widely seen as an audition to keep his job should there be a change of leader in the new year.

Cost-of-living issues weren’t worrying Pauline Hanson on Monday night when she served Barnaby Joyce wagyu steaks that retail for about $145 a kilogram. Making the steaks more delicious for both politicians, no doubt, was the fact they came from Gina Rinehart’s cattle company.

Admiration for Australia’s richest person is only one of the things the two right-wing rabble-rousers have in common.

Why Joyce is continuing his flirtation with One Nation and its leader after Hanson’s disgraceful repeat of her burqa stunt in the Senate has his Nationals colleagues shaking their heads. She donned the garment after the Senate refused to allow her motion to ban Muslim face coverings.

This outraged the Senate, particularly its Muslim members. When the Senate resolved to eject Hanson from the chamber, she refused to leave, causing a two-hour suspension of proceedings.

This contempt of the chamber led to Labor, the Greens and some of the cross bench voting to suspend her from the Senate for seven days – a rare event – and from representing the Senate on parliamentary delegations.

The government’s Senate leader, Penny Wong, said Hanson had “been parading prejudice as protest for decades”. Unrepentant, the Queensland senator says she will run again and “the people will judge me at the next election”.

Joyce quit the Nationals on Thursday to sit as an independent for the rest of this term. He is widely expected to head One Nation’s New South Wales Senate ticket at the next election.

This article was first published in the print edition of The Saturday Paper on November 28, 2025 as “Murray Watt’s environmental factors training”.

Kos Samaras (Lobbyist, Consultant, Pollster) Facebook post

A tragedy, yes. A vote converter, maybe but not in the direction some conservatives are hoping for.

Let’s be blunt, the campaign against Albanese, won’t shift the Labor vote in any meaningful way, and it won’t flip Australians who preference Labor ahead of the Liberals.

Yes, plenty of Labor-leaning voters may hold grave concerns about the federal government’s response to the Bondi massacre. And yes, many also believe the Jewish community has carried an unbearable weight of hurt and trauma over the last two years. But the key question isn’t whether they’re angry. It’s who they blame, and whether that anger is strong enough to make them cross tribal lines.

That’s where the modern electorate matters. We’re in an era of psychological sorting: voters are increasingly clustered into ideological ecosystems with their own media, moral cues, social networks, and “good vs bad” political identities. In that world, switching from Labor to Liberal isn’t just a good versus bad cop contest. For many voters it feels like an identity rupture. So when a crisis hits, most people don’t jump across the aisle, they move within their bloc, or they disengage if they are unhappy with the response.

The May 3, 2025 federal election was a live case study. When progressive voters believed the Greens were drifting too close to ugly fringes, including tolerating, excusing, or courting antisemitic currents, they didn’t stampede to the Coalition. They consolidated around Labor. The most symbolic proof: Labor won Melbourne.

So if Labor takes damage over Bondi, it won’t show up as a great Liberal conversion. It’ll show up as within-bloc consequences:

1. Softer enthusiasm and a nastier internal critique. This issue will make Labor’s vote softer but critically the softness is not a red v blue thing.

2. A fraction of Labor voters parking their vote elsewhere on first preferences, while still preferencing Labor ahead of Liberal.

3. In my personal opinion, the most likely long term outcome here. Disengagement, cynicism, switching off. Which is a critical issue for those within the Jewish community and their supporters. The loud noise by conservatives and others, could actually just turn people off because it’s coming across as ultra partisan.

France targets Australia-style social media ban for children next year

Draft bill to be submitted for legal checks as France aims to follow Australia’s world-first ban on platforms including Facebook, Snapchat and YouTube

Angelique Chrisafis in Paris Thu 1 Jan 2026 02.31

France intends to follow Australia and ban social media platforms for children from the start of the 2026 academic year.

A draft bill preventing under-15s from using social media will be submitted for legal checks and is expected to be debated in parliament early in the new year.

The French president, Emmanuel Macron, has made it clear in recent weeks that he wants France to swiftly follow Australia’s world-first ban on social media platforms for under-16s, which came into force in December. It includes Facebook, Snapchat, TikTok and YouTube.

Le Monde and France Info reported on Wednesday that a draft bill was now complete and contained two measures: a ban on social media for under-15s and a ban on mobile phones in high schools, where 15- to 18-year-olds study. Phones have already been banned in primary and middle schools.

The bill will be submitted to France’s Conseil d’État for legal review in the coming days. Education unions will also look at the proposed high-school ban on phones.

The government wants the social media ban to come into force from September 2026.

Le Monde reported the text of the draft bill cited “the risks of excessive screen use by teenagers”, including the dangers of being exposed to inappropriate social media content, online bullying, and altered sleep patterns. The bill states the need to “protect future generations” from dangers that threaten their ability to thrive and live together in a society with shared values.

Will other countries follow Australia’s social media ban for under-16s?Read more

Earlier this month, Macron confirmed at a public debate in Saint Malo that he wanted a social media ban for young teenagers. He said there was “consensus being shaped” on the issue after Australia introduced its ban. “The more screen time there is, the more school achievement drops … the more screen time there is, the more mental health problems go up,” he said.

He used the analogy of a teenager getting into a Formula One racing car before they had learned to drive. “If a child is in a Formula One car and they turn on the engine, I don’t want them to win the race, I just want them to get out of the car. I want them to learn the highway code first, and to ensure the car works, and to teach them to drive in a different car.”

Several other countries are considering social media bans for under-15s after Australia’s ban including Denmark, whose government hopes to introduce a ban in 2026, and Norway. Malaysia is also planning a social media ban for under-16s from 2026. In the UK, the Labour government has not ruled out a ban, saying “nothing is off the table” but any ban must be “based on robust evidence”.

Anne Le Hénanff, the French minister in charge of digital development and artificial intelligence, told Le Parisien this month that the social media ban for under-15s was a government priority, and that the bill would be “short and compatible with European law”, namely the EU’s Digital Services Act (DSA) – regulation intended to combat hateful speech, misinformation and disinformation.

The social media ban is part of Macron’s attempt to shape his legacy as he enters his difficult final year as president with a divided parliament.

On 23 December, last-minute legislation was passed to keep the government in business into January after parliament failed to agree a full budget for 2026. Attempts to agree a budget will resume next month.

French parliamentary inquiry into TikTok’s psychological effects concluded in September that the platform was like a “slow poison” to children. The co-head of the inquiry, the centrist lawmaker Laure Miller, told France Info that TikTok was an “ocean of harmful content” that was very visible to children through algorithms that kept them in a bubble. TikTok responded that it was being unfairly scapegoated for “industry-wide and societal challenges”.

The French parliament report recommended more broadly that children under 15 in France should be banned entirely from using social media, and those between 15 and 18 should face a night-time “digital curfew”, meaning social media would be made unavailable to them between 10pm and 8am.

The inquiry was set up after a 2024 French lawsuit against TikTok by seven families who accused it of exposing their children to content that was pushing them towards ending their lives.

American Politics

Meidas Touch

Jack Smith, Special Prosecutor, testifies to Congress

Smith: For nearly three decades I have been a career prosecutor. I have served during both Republican and Democratic administrations and I’ve been guided by those principles in every role I’ve held. I continued to honor those principles when I was appointed to serve as special counsel in November of 2022.

The decision to bring charges against President Trump was mine, but the basis for those charges rests entirely with President Trump and his actions, as alleged in the indictments returned by grand juries in two different districts.

Our investigation developed proof beyond a reasonable doubt that President Trump engaged in a criminal scheme to overturn the results of the 2020 election and to prevent the lawful transfer of power.

Our investigation also developed powerful evidence that showed that President Trump willfully retained highly classified documents after he left office in January of 2021, storing them at his social club, including in a ballroom and a bathroom. He then repeatedly tried to obstruct justice to conceal his continued retention of those documents.

I remain grateful for the counsel, judgment, and advice of my team as I executed my responsibilities. I am both saddened and angered that President Trump has sought revenge against career prosecutors, FBI agents, and support staff simply for doing their jobs and for having worked on those cases. These dedicated public servants are the best of us, and they have been wrongly vilified and improperly dismissed from their jobs.

I made my decisions in the investigation without regard to President Trump’s political association, activities, beliefs, or candidacy in the 2024 Presidential election. We took our actions based on the facts and the law, the very lessons I learned early in my career as a prosecutor. We followed Justice Department policies and observed legal requirements.

The timing and speed of our work reflects the strength of the evidence and our confidence that we would have secured convictions at trial. If asked whether to prosecute a former President based on the same facts today, I would do so regardless of whether that President was a Republican or a Democrat.

Joyce Vance from Civil Discourse <joycevance@substack.com> 

Forwarded this email? Subscribe here for more

Year’s End 2025

A year of resistance Joyce Vance Dec 31 

To mark the final day of 2025, I wanted to share some of my favorite columns from the last year, in hopes that you’ll have time to peruse them here and there over the holiday and the weekend. They are favorites in the sense that they remind me of where we’ve been this past year, the ups and the downs. They are favorites because many of them represent events I’d forgotten in the utter deluge that we endured in 2025, and those reminders are important. They are also favorites because they help me understand how incredibly strong and capable of action we—people who believe in democracy—are. We made it through the devastation of the early days following Trump’s election and inauguration. Early on, there was dawning awareness that it was, in fact, a coup. And now, we’re seriously into the fight to save democracy.

Last year, at this point in time, I wrote to you, “I can’t offer the message of hope and accomplishment I would have liked to be sharing today. The simple truth is that we lost the election, and Donald Trump’s reelection says some devastating things about our country. But I remain hopeful that we can all stick together and get important work done. I still think that civil discourse is the path forward, even though our progress as a nation is not linear.” As it turned out, I wrote a book that used our legal and political history to demonstrate the strength of our institutions and our path forward if we were willing to commit to it. And, we have. Those words ring truer today than ever.At the end of this year, we can look back and see that, as difficult as it was, we are rising to the challenge. We are already in the fight for free and fair elections in 2026, when so much will be on the line. Democracy demands citizen participation, and that means, as painful as it can be at times, we have to stay well-informed and well-educated. We must, to borrow a sports metaphor, keep our heads in the game.

That said, here are some columns that stand out for me as I think about the past year:

January Trump’s Day One Executive Orders How to Push Back Where is this leading?

February A Big Fire Hose Is It Really A Coup? Welcome to the Fight

March Let’s Be Honest About The State Of The Union Deportations: It’s not where it starts, it’s where it ends Wisconsin And, Strangely, Alabama

April Why We Have Due Process Rule of Law?

May Stand Up to the Bully Hamburger Mary’s Goes to the 11th Circuit

June “We are a democracy. But we can lose that democracy.” How We Keep Our Democracy

July Why We Don’t Politicize the Military

August Living in 1984Trump’s “Truth” About Voting Moving the Window

September Paper Clip Protest On Political Violence

October When they Bukele the Courts Are We the Nazis Now?

November What the Frogs Know Quiet Piggy

December Trump on Women The Absence of Decency

As I was reading through old columns and thinking about what the future has in store for us, the House Judiciary Committee had other plans for the last day of the year. They chose this low point in the news cycle, when few people are paying attention, to dump the transcript and video of Jack Smith’s behind-closed-doors testimony on Capitol Hill earlier this month. The transcript runs to 255 pages, and I’ll be taking time over the next few days to digest it so we can discuss. But if you’d like to get a head start on your own, the transcript can be found here. Smith testified that he believed he had proof beyond a reasonable doubt of Trump’s guilt in both the January 6 case and the classified documents prosecution. He told members of the Committee, “If asked whether to prosecute a former president based on the same facts today, I would do so regardless of whether that president was a Republican or a Democrat.”

2026 is going to be the year that democracy strikes back. And we’re all going to be a part of that! Thanks for your support of Civil Discourse. If you aren’t already a member of our community, I hope you’ll join us. I appreciate your comments, your emails, and the conversations I was lucky enough to have with so many of you during my book tour. I’m confident that no matter the man in the White House, we will bring meaning and renewal to our country’s 250th anniversary in the new year.

We’re in this together,

Joyce

A great argument for London in winter, from Secret London.

You Can Sail Through London Inside A Floating Igloo This Winter – And Feast On Delicious Fondue Whilst You’re On Board

Having drifted onto London’s igloo scene last winter, Skuna’s floating igloos are back for another year of festive fun and fondue.

 Katie Forge – Staff Writer

The season to be jolly is very nearly upon us, so it’s time to start jam-packing our diaries with festive fun and frolics. And where better for our seasonal socialising to take place than inside a cosy igloo? Each and every year, a plethora of igloos pop-up across the city, meaning that we’re pretty spoilt for choice. We’ve got rooftop igloos, riverside igloos, and some really rather ravishing igloos. But if it’s a unique winter experience that you’re after, allow us to point you in the direction of London’s only floating igloos.

That’s right, folks: London’s dreamy drifting domes have returned to the capital’s waters, and Londoners can, once again, embark on an aquatic adventure on board a cosy floating igloo this winter.

The Guardian

VV Ganeshananthan and Naomi Klein win the 2024 Women’s prize for fiction and non-fiction.
VV Ganeshananthan and Naomi Klein win the 2024 Women’s prize for fiction and non-fiction. Photograph: Matt Crossick/PA Media Assignments/PA

Thursday briefing: Thirty years of the Women’s prize for fiction – have male novelists been edged out?

In today’s newsletter: As the literary award marks its 30th anniversary, the debate about whether it is relevant when women dominate bestsellers list has resurfaced

Aamna Mohdin Thu 1 Jan 2026 17.45 AEDT Share

Good morning, and happy new year! While there are many exciting celebrations in 2026, for me, none is more special than the 30th anniversary of the Women’s prize for fiction.

Formerly the Orange, and then Baileys prize, this annual award for the best novel in English by a woman was founded in 1996 to rectify a glaring absence: the all-male 1991 Booker prize shortlist.

Times have thankfully changed. The Booker hasn’t seen an all-male shortlist in 20 years, while sensations like Sally Rooney and Elena Ferrante have paved the way for stories centering the complexities of women’s lives. Today, heavyweights like Margaret Atwood, Zadie Smith, Hilary Mantel, and Bernardine Evaristo share the spotlight with zeitgeist-capturing talents like Ottessa Moshfegh, Elif Batuman, Raven Leilani, and Megan Nolan. Together, they have ensured some of fiction’s most exciting developments are distinctly female-led.

Yet, this success has sparked a heated debate: is the male novelist being pushed out? When David Szalay won the Booker last year for his novel Flesh, this newspaper noted that novels of “female interiority” have dominated the past decade, making stories about young men hard to find.

But is that true? And what seismic changes have there been between now and when the Women’s prize was founded? Today, I speak to Catherine Taylor, a critic who has worked in the industry since 1992 and author of The Stirrings: A Memoir in Northern Time. That’s after the headlines.

In depth: ‘I had to ask permission to write my dissertation on Virginia Woolf’

Amid the 2021 Sally Rooney fervor, which followed the publication of her third novel, a question began to surface regarding the scarcity of young, male writers. A widely discussed article in Dazed asked where these writers had gone and what their absence meant for the publishing world. This was followed by a New York Times piece in 2024, exploring the “disappearance of literary men,” and, in 2025, this culminated in the announcement of a new literary press that would initially focus on male novelists, to find successors to the likes of Martin Amis and Salman Rushdie.

But in the early 1990s, when Catherine Taylor left university and moved to London to do a postgraduate degree, the situation was completely reversed. “All the books were written by Martin Amis,” she jokes. “It was very male-dominated. The atmosphere was about how there needs to be a redress on what was being commissioned, what was coming out and what was not being recognised.”

She recalls specific successful female writers, citing breakout hits like Donna Tartt’s The Secret History and Rachel Cusk’s Saving Agnes. However, she notes that several other now well-known names, including Hilary Mantel and Beryl Bainbridge, faced difficulties gaining recognition at the time.

It was a difficult time for women in literature. “When I studied English at university at the end of the 80s, the only female writers on my curriculum were two of the Brontë sisters, George Eliot, and Jane Austen. And I had to ask permission to write my dissertation on Virginia Woolf,” Taylor says.


A slow-moving revolution

So how did we go from a dearth of female authors 30 years ago, to women consistently on the bestseller list and winning the biggest literary awards? It was a slow process, Taylor tells me.

“It wasn’t an overnight change,” she says, pointing to the work of the Women’s prize as being particularly effective at championing fiction writers, and nonfiction writers.

“I remember being at a Women’s prize event 15 years ago, and a male literary editor, I’m not going to name him, said ‘this shortlist is almost good enough for the Booker’,” she tells me. “It was very patronising. When Penelope Fitzgerald won the Booker prize with her novel Offshore in 1979, she was described as a ‘lady novelist’. It’s extraordinary to think about this happening throughout my adult life.”

There was also an important evolution of publishing and commissioning, Taylor adds. “The Women’s prize, in terms of winners, was very white when it started out. But as it’s gone on, publishing and appetites have changed. Younger women are coming into publishing and commissioning the books that they want to read, which are much more representative of the world and of readers as well.”


Female domination?

Margaret Atwood and Bernardine Evaristo jointly win the Booker prize for Fiction in 2019.
Margaret Atwood and Bernardine Evaristo jointly win the Booker prize for Fiction in 2019. Photograph: Simon Dawsolandscape (5:4) 1653 × 1323 ABCn/Reuters

While Taylor applauded the extraordinary efforts that have gone to rebalancing gender disparities in publishing, she pushed back on the idea that we have now reached a saturation point when it comes to women’s writing.skip past newsletter promotion

When we talk about who’s writing books, it is important to look at how many men and women actually read fiction. According to NielsenIQ BookData, women made up 63% of the fiction books bought in the UK in 2023. But they weren’t just picking up more novels, they were buying more books overall, constituting 58% of all book purchases in 2024. Men do come out ahead when looking at nonfiction, buying 55% compared to the 45% bought by women.

In fact, research commissioned by the Women’s prize in 2024 showed that while women read books by women and men equally, men “overwhelmingly reject” books written by women in favour of male authors. The organisation said the research demonstrated that their mission was just as relevant today as it was when they were founded.


The struggle continues

When I asked Taylor what zeitgeisty novels written about women’s “interior lives” say about women today, she objected to the use of the word interior.

“Nobody calls men’s writing interior or inward when they’re writing about male subjects,” Taylor says.

“Why is it seen that women are writing domestic books?” she says. “Somebody described Samantha Harvey’s book Orbital as quiet. This is an extraordinary book about how human beings are interconnected and how they’re isolated, by using the situation that they’re in – they’re in space. You can’t really get more external.”

Taylor’s own memoir, The Stirrings, was set in the 1980s when she was a teenager, and at the time she thought she was being quite explicit. But she has been so excited by how bold women’s writing is today. “I really love that women are writing about their desires and their needs and the way that they’re interpreting the world through the body and the mind,” Taylor says.

She adds: “Men have used women in novels as objects or as subjects, but in a very one-dimensional way for as long as I have been reading contemporary fiction. Men have also used women’s novels as springboards for their own. I love Martin Amis’s writing. He’s an absolutely brilliant writer sentence by sentence, but I don’t think he would have written London Fields if he hadn’t read The Driver’s Seat by Muriel Spark. And I don’t think he would have written Time’s Arrow if he hadn’t read his stepmother Elizabeth Jane Howard’s book The Long View.”

Taylor says that after Howard’s death, some headlines reduced her to merely being “Martin Amis’ stepmother.” Her obituary in the Guardian echoed this sentiment, observing that she “suffered a certain condescension from literary editors as a writer of ‘women’s novels’.” It’s worth noting that Amis himself went on to credit both Howard and Jane Austen as hugely influential literary figures.

“Why is it seen as interior when we’re talking about things that matter to us?” continues Taylor. “In a world where women and human rights are being rolled back daily, why can we not talk about all these things that have oppressed and continued to oppress and also interest us?”

Week beginning December 31 2025

Martin Edwards Miss Winter in the Library with a Knife Aria & Aries, September 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Miss Winter in the Library with a Knife – how could any player of Cluedo resist reading this book? And then, when it becomes clear that Martin Edwards has produced a pure example of a Golden Age detective story, the result is unquestionable. It must be read. With murder mystery game within murder mystery, this novel is an amalgam of engaging storytelling, clear plotting, a blend of subtle and sharp characterisation, and a feast for the reader-investigator. One story line is the game devised by the hosts, the Midwinter Trust; the other is what happens to the six guests; their hosts, the four Midwinter Trust members; and the two staff members, a chef, and a chauffeur. The guests have a great deal resting upon their success at solving the mystery as each has suffered a severe decline in their career, prospects and hope for the future.

The reader-investigator has two mysteries to unravel – the game, and the events that occur over the freezing Christmas at Midwinter Village. The guests must solve the puzzles they are given. The reader also has an option to do so as they are provided in Bonus Puzzle Content throughout the book. Puzzles and written material provide plenty of clues. The clues to the mystery in which guests, staff and Trust members become embroiled are, as with any skilled Golden Age mystery, scattered throughout the text. At the end of the book these are presented politely to the reader – politely in that even with my poor showing in deduction I did not feel too foolish. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

.

Alison Stockham Let Her Go Boldwood Books, November 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley and Boldwood Books, for this uncorrected proof for review.

Let Her Go is an engrossing mixture of psychological thriller and a compelling insight into the behaviour of a stalker, its impact on those pursued and on the stalker themselves. Hannah, Libby, and Matt have been a close-knit threesome since their university days, and into Libby and Matt’s marriage. Hannah is Libby’s best friend, and will do anything for her, anything to protect her…anything to keep her by her side. Matt does not miss out on Hannah’s support either – she refers to herself as his second wife, while keeping well within the bounds of fidelity to her and Libby’s friendship. With the prologue, in which Libby is threatened at gunpoint in a burglary at her favourite expensive shop, their lives change, with Libby disappearing, Matt seemingly secretive about her whereabouts, and Hannah becoming increasingly distressed about his behaviour and the loss of her friend, compounded by her unsatisfactory relationships at work and with other acquaintances.

The claustrophobic nature of Hannah’s ruminations and actions becomes increasingly difficult to navigate. At the same time, there is enough interaction with Matt raising questions and reminders of the closeness of Hannah and Libby’s friendship to maintain the mounting tension – what has happened to Libby? Is Hannah right to pursue her feelings of concern about her withdrawal of friendship? Is she unreasonable, or is her behaviour validated by the long-term friendship and past? What is the explanation of Libby’s behaviour? These questions mount, with Hannah’s various interactions with friends and family raising more questions. The twists and turns in this novel are plausible at the same time as creating further speculation about the characters’ motivations and conduct. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

A great start to Christmas Day – coffee at Kopiku

We all enjoyed our coffee, avoiding the lovely meals that we could see others consuming -Indonesian and Australian breakfasts – as we were preparing for our generous Christmas lunch.

This time we had breakfast, on another sunny day in Canberra.

News & Media

Now released short film: Gossip!

East Anglia, 1584. When a young woman goes into labour a group of women, led by the local midwife, guide her through the trials of labour. But as they celebrate the safe arrival of new life, a greater danger arrives at the door.

Directed and co-written by Hannah Renton, and now part of Birth Rites Collection, Gossip tells the untold story of witches as they really were – midwives, healers, women with knowledge and power. The film has been made available online for the first time from 11 December, in partnership with the Birth Rites Collection, the world’s first contemporary art collection dedicated to childbirth.

The film is now available to watch worldwide on Vimeo on demand: here. The Birth Rites Collection is committed to making art accessible and inclusive. We are asking for a symbolic £1.99 fee, with all proceeds going directly to support the artist and our public programmes.

Call for Papers for ‘Women, Money, and Markets; Crisis and Resilience (1650-1950)’, the 2026 Annual Conference held by The Foundling Museum

The conference will be held at the Foundling Museum, London (U.K.) Friday and Saturday, June 12-13, 2026.

We invite submissions for our 9th interdisciplinary conference exploring how women’s interactions with money, markets, and finance have shaped, and been shaped by, economic crises, financial literacy practices, and strategies for resilience across time and borders. This year, we especially welcome reflections on how evolving political landscapes reshape economic power, knowledge access, and inclusion. womenmoneymarkets.co.uk.

We will be celebrating the publication of our first edited collection, Women, Money, and Markets: Uncovering the Invisible Hands of the Economy (Boydell & Brewer, 2026).

Possible areas of interest include but are not limited to:

Material Culture and Financial Activism;

Drawing inspiration from The Foundling Hospital’s archives, how material items, including sewing/knitting, tokens, calendars, etc., were used by women to teach, learn, or execute financial skills, especially when formal institutions excluded them; how artifacts—e.g. pocketbooks, receipts, letters, teaching pamphlets—help to reveal financial practices that women adopted when formal systems were under threat or failed.

Resilience in Marginalisation;

Women’s survival strategies, real or fictional—e.g. cooperatives, informal credit, communal aid—in the face of systemic exclusion from formal markets, such as through –

Literature, Media, and Representation;

Historical and fictional portrayals of women’s money agency, and financial roles during economic collapses or shifts.

Comparative and Cross-Cultural Dimensions;

Global case studies comparing diverse legal and economic environments, from colonial economies to more recent policy changes.

Differences and commonalities in how women in different societies responded to economic marginalisation or inclusion

Surviving Economic and Political Backlash;

Fictional depictions of women exhibiting financial ingenuity against barriers, or amidst repression, particularly when legal safeguards are weakened.

Women’s resilience practices during discriminatory regimes or policy rollbacks. How women acquired, deployed, or withheld financial knowledge during periods of political and economic upheaval.

Submission Guidelines

How diminished legal protections have disrupted women’s financial agency.

Abstracts: Up to 300 words for individual papers.

Panel Proposals: Include abstracts (≤300 words each) for up to three speakers.

·Formats: Individual papers, panels, or roundtable discussions.

Submit to: Enquiries to Dr. Emma Newport at e.newport@sussex.ac.uk. Submissions via Google Form in link here Deadline January 15, 2026

American Politics

Joyce Vance from Civil Discourse <joycevance@substack.com> Tue 30 Dec, 17:04

Forwarded this email? Subscribe here for more

Inherent Contempt

It’s quicker than going to court, like Congress can, to enforce a subpoena in a civil case. It doesn’t involve referring a case to DOJ, which can (and almost always does when the executive branch is concerned) decline to prosecute a criminal contempt. Inherent contempt is the third type of contempt power Congress possesses—not used since 1935. But Congress used it repeatedly before the civil and criminal contempt laws were passed.

It’s an understatement at this point to say that both Democrats and Republicans in Congress aren’t happy with how Attorney General Pam Bondi is “complying” with the Epstein Files Transparency Act. It’s not just the botched production of documents; it’s also her failure to comply with deadlines, the incomplete production, and the heavily redacted releases, which seem to be offering protection to some of the powerful men who spent time with Jeffrey Epstein, which the Act explicitly prohibits.

House Democrat Ro Khanna and Republican Thomas Massie are leading the charge for the House to bring inherent contempt charges against Bondi, to force her to comply with the law.

Although inherent contempt doesn’t have a constitutional basis, the Supreme Court has repeatedly held it’s an essential part of Congress’s essential legislative powers. In 1927, in McGrain v. Daugherty, the Supreme Court ruled on a case where the brother of a former attorney general received a subpoena for testimony and records from a Senate committee. But he refused to comply, not just once, but twice, so the Senate issued a warrant for his arrest using its inherent contempt power. Daugherty went to court, and the Supreme Court held that Congress has the power to enforce compliance with its subpoenas “to obtain information in aid of the legislative function.” That’s inherent contempt.“Each house of Congress has power, through its own process, to compel a private individual to appear before it or one of its committees and give testimony needed to enable it efficiently to exercise a legislative function belonging to it under the Constitution,” the Court held. It found that there was support for inherent contempt as “in long practice of the houses separately, and in repeated Acts of Congress, all amounting to a practical construction of the Constitution.”

Khanna and Massey understand that if they seek civil enforcement, they’ll end up tied up in court. DOJ is not going to bring a criminal contempt case against Trump’s attorney general. Using inherent contempt, although it’s a throwback to almost one hundred years ago, permits them to go straight to holding Bondi accountable if a majority in the House will vote for it—something that remains to be seen and may well turn on how strong public opinion is on the issue. The House doesn’t even need the Senate’s approval to do it.

Inherent contempt has traditionally been used to put offenders in jail, but there is support for the view that it can also be used to impose fines, which is what’s under discussion here—Bondi could be fined $5000 a day, each day, for as long as DOJ fails to comply with the Epstein Files Transparency Action. In an 1821 Supreme Court case, Anderson v. Dunn, the Court suggested that Congress should use “the least possible power adequate to the end proposed,” when invoking inherent contempt. While that may be imprisonment in the case of a person who refused to testify, in a case like this one involving failure to comply with a law, there is a solid argument that a few is the “least possible power” Congress could bring to bear to force a recalcitrant attorney general into compliance.

Whether Bondi would respond is uncertain, perhaps even unlikely, but inherent contempt would be a modest first step toward getting the administration to comply with the law and release the files. If it failed, it would be easier to justify a more serious step like impeaching Bondi, particularly if the public is determined to see the files released. At the end of the day, Bondi has a law license to worry about. The cautionary tale of state bars that disbarred lawyers like Rudy Giuliani who strayed too far from their ethical obligations as lawyers in service of Trump during his first term should weigh heavily on anyone who hopes to have a future, post-Trump.

Inherent contempt “has been described as ‘unseemly,’ cumbersome, time-consuming, and relatively ineffective, especially for a modern Congress with a heavy legislative workload that would be interrupted by a trial at the bar.” Commentators have suggested that’s why it hasn’t been used since 1935. But in the unique circumstance the country now finds itself in, it may be that Congress should decline to let the perfect be the enemy of the good, and reemploy this practicable solution to what otherwise appears to be an intractable problem. Epstein’s survivors deserve justice. Right now, that’s up to Congress.

Thank you for being here with me at Civil Discourse. Writing the newsletter takes time, care, and decades of experience to sort through the noise and explain what actually matters for our democracy. If being part of a thoughtful, engaged community matters to you, I hope you’ll become a paid subscriber. It’s what makes this work possible.

We’re in this together, Joyce

Trump’s Staggering Betrayal Of The Great American Project, More Kennedy Center Cancellations, The 5th Anniversary of January 6th

Simon Rosenberg December 30

Morning all. Got a few things for you today…..

Steve Rattner’s very worthwhile Annual Year in Charts for the NYT (gift link) has this this encouraging look at Gallup data over time:

Here’s our latest look at the weekly Economist/YouGov tracker:

House Democratic Leader Hakeem Jeffries sent the following letter to his colleagues yesterday:

Dear Colleague:

I write with respect to the upcoming solemn anniversary of the January 6th brutal attack on the Capitol. Nearly five years ago, a violent mob incited by Donald Trump attempted to halt the peaceful transfer of power. As a result of the extraordinary bravery of the men and women of the U.S. Capitol Police and other law enforcement professionals, the treacherous effort to prevent certification of the results of the 2020 presidential election failed.

However, the cost was profound. More than 140 heroic police officers were seriously injured and many suffered lasting physical and psychological trauma. Several tragically lost their lives. In the years since that disgraceful day, far-right Republicans in Congress have repeatedly attempted to rewrite history and whitewash the events of January 6th. Our country has been indelibly scarred.

Donald Trump promised to lower the high cost of living on day one of his presidency. One year later, costs are out of control, America is too expensive and Republicans believe that the affordability crisis is a hoax. They have done nothing to lower costs for everyday Americans, but are gutting healthcare and enacted massive tax breaks for their billionaire donors.

The toxic priorities of the Republican Party are clear. On day one of his second term, President Trump issued blanket pardons and commutations to the nearly 1,600 individuals charged in connection with the January 6th attack, including hundreds of violent felons who brutally assaulted law enforcement officers. Several of those individuals have been charged with new crimes throughout the country, putting the safety of the American people in jeopardy. A troubling number of the criminals pardoned by Donald Trump have been arrested for child molestation, sexual assault and kidnapping. Republicans own the failed economy, their broken promise to lower costs and the crime spree the dangerous criminals pardoned by the President have visited on our country.

We must never forget the horrors of January 6th and will continue to honor the brave law enforcement officers who were injured and lost their lives defending the rule of law in the United States. To that end, on the fifth anniversary of that fateful day, led by the Honorable Bennie Thompson and the Members of the January 6th Select Committee, House Democrats will hold a special hearing that will commence at 10:00 a.m.

At the hearing, we will examine ongoing threats to free and fair elections posed by an out-of-control Trump administration, expose the election deniers who hold high-level positions of significance in the executive branch and detail the threats to public safety posed by the hundreds of violent felons who were pardoned on the President’s first day in office. We will also present a panel of Members who wish to share their personal experiences from that horrific day. If you wish to testify, please contact Emily Berrett by 12:00 p.m. ET on Friday, January 2.

Thank you for your leadership and I look forward to our continued work in the new year to make life better for the American people.

Australian Politics

PM Anthony Albanese: We’re responding to the Bondi antisemitic terror attack with unity and urgency, not division and delay.

PM Anthony Albanese: To the doctors, nurses and medical staff across Sydney, thank you.

After Bondi, you’ve been caring for those injured, comforting families and saving lives.

In the darkest moments, your strength and compassion have shone through.

Australia is deeply grateful.

Anthony Albanese announces terms for Richardson review of Bondi terrorist attack.

(By Brianna Morris-Grant, ABC)

Prime Minister Anthony Albanese has announced the terms of an independent review of the Bondi Beach terror attack, resisting calls for a royal commission by victim’s families.

The review, led by Dennis Richardson AC, will examine the actions of Australia’s federal law enforcement and intelligence agencies leading up to the attack that claimed the lives of 15 people, including a 10-year-old child.

Seventeen families of those injured and killed in the attack signed a plea on Monday calling for a royal commission.

Their letter demanded “answers and solutions”, asking why “clear warning signs were ignored”.

The independent review will assess whether multiple agencies — including the Australian Security Intelligence Organisation (ASIO) and the Australia Federal Police — operated as effectively as possible prior to the attack.

Mr Albanese said his “heart breaks” for the families of those affected.

“Just over two weeks ago, antisemitic terrorists tried to tear our country apart, but our country is stronger than these cowards,” he said.

“They went to Bondi Beach to unleash mass murder against our Jewish community. We need to respond with unity and urgency rather than division and delay.”

Review to be given ‘full access’ to materials for Bondi inquiry

The review was slated to be completed and published in April.

Mr Albanese and other federal officials had expressed concerns about the length of time a royal commission would take and the potential platforming of antisemitism during the process.

Mr Richardson, the former head of ASIO and of the departments of defence and foreign affairs, has led earlier reviews into the intelligence community and sections of home affairs.

Mr Albanese’s announcement followed another meeting of the National Security Committee in Canberra.

“Mr Richardson will assess whether Commonwealth agencies performed to maximum effectiveness,” he said.

“He will consider what these agencies knew about the alleged offenders before the attack, the information sharing between Commonwealth agencies and between Commonwealth and state agencies.”

The review will also consider what judgements agencies made and if there were additional measures that could have prevented the attack.

“Mr Richardson will [have] full access to all material he considers may be relevant to his inquiry,” Mr Albanese said.

“Departments and agencies will cooperate fully with the review and provide assistance in the form of documents, data, material and meetings.”

He added parliament would resume in 2026 to consider legislation “as soon as possible”.

Royal commission would ‘revive some of the worst examples of antisemitism’… [the opposing views are canvassed below].

Albanese sorry but rejects royal commission, as Labor MPs break ranks

Paul Karp

Paul Karp NSW political correspondent

Updated Dec 22, 2025 – 4.17pm,first published at 9.42am

Two Labor MPs have broken ranks to call for a national inquiry into the Bondi terror attack, including the issue of Islamic extremism, joining Jewish Australian groups to demand more action at the federal level.

Despite the calls from Ed Husic and Mike Freelander, Prime Minister Anthony Albanese dug in further on Monday against the idea, arguing a NSW royal commission and narrower federal review would be enough.

Anthony Albanese attends a Jewish community vigil at Bondi Beach on Sunday. Edwina Pickles

Freelander told The Australian Financial Review that the attack, which killed 15 people and one Islamic State-inspired terrorism gunman, raised “national issues and the national government needs to be the one dealing with it”.

Ed Husic, the first Muslim cabinet minister before he was dumped from the ministry in May, called for a royal commission to find out “how this happened [and] what we can do to root out extremism whichever form it comes in”.

“I’ve previously said I don’t care if it’s Islamist or far-right extremism, anything that presents a threat to Australians must be confronted,” he said.

“I’d be concerned that federal agencies might feel that they wouldn’t have the ability to participate fully in a state-based inquiry. Let’s remove the uncertainty and have a proper and thorough look at this.”

Prime Minister Anthony Albanese has been heckled as he arrived at Bondi Beach for the candlelight vigil.

Albanese has supported a NSW royal commission and set up a federal inquiry into intelligence agencies and law enforcement to be run by the Department of Prime Minister and Cabinet and former public servant Dennis Richardson.

On Monday, Albanese told reporters in Canberra he did not favour a federal royal commission because he wanted to act with “urgency and unity, not division and delay”.

“As prime minister, I feel the weight of responsibility for an atrocity that happened whilst I’m prime minister,” he said. “And I’m sorry for what the Jewish community and our nation as a whole has experienced. The government will work every day to protect Jewish Australians.”

Attorney-General Michelle Rowland and Home Affairs Minister Tony Burke outlined a series of measures, including making it easier to cancel visas, a new offence of inciting hatred and the creation of an aggravated offence targeting adults who seek to influence and radicalise children.

Earlier, the former treasurer Josh Frydenberg labelled the Richardson review a cop out, and Opposition Leader Sussan Ley proposed terms for a broader federal royal commission, including into antisemitism and the effectiveness of the Albanese government’s response.

Freelander, the member for Macarthur in south-western Sydney, said: “The general feeling in my electorate is people want to see all levels of government – state, local, and federal – work together try and get some answers about the event that happened at Bondi.”

“That has changed us forever. We need to bury the dead, we then need to look at how to rationally approach all the issues across all levels of government.”

Asked about Albanese’s assurance that federal authorities would co-operate with the planned NSW royal commission, Freelander replied: “I’m not sure what that means, what authority a state royal commission would have, and how far that co-operation would go.”

“It seems to me that there are national issues, so the national government needs to be the one dealing with it. Sure, there are state and local government issues as well, so all levels of government need to work together.

“But surely, there are deep operational issues, security issues, even philosophical issues about what we do with Muslim extremists … that certainly has to be a national inquiry.”

NSW Board of Jewish Deputies president David Ossip and Executive Council of Australian Jewry president Daniel Aghion used their contributions at a Bondi terror attack memorial on Sunday to call for a royal commission.

Ossip said it “cannot be disputed” that a federal royal commission was needed. “In a more just world, we wouldn’t be trying to pick up the pieces and understand how last week took place.”

“How, after two years of escalating antisemitism and warnings from the Jewish community and ASIO that lives were going to be lost, that the terrorist attack still took place?” he said.

“Because, while we are all in shock and deeply sad, we are not surprised. We feared and suspected that this moment was coming.”

Aghion said that “every level of government from the federal government down and every sector of society must take the necessary steps to make us all safe”.

“One necessary step is, as David Ossip has already said, and I thank him for the courage to say it, a Commonwealth royal commission.”

Former High Court chief justice Robert French has said in a statement that there is a “moral imperative” to inquire into the “surreal evil” of the Bondi attack, and a Commonwealth royal commission would be most effective.

At a press conference on Monday, Ley said, “The Jewish community made it abundantly clear they want a Commonwealth royal commission into this attack and into the hideous antisemitism that has been allowed to fester in this country.”

Opposition education spokesman Julian Leeser said the departmental review into the Bondi attack was “another attempt at deflecting and minimising the Jew hate that has been allowed to go on in this country”.

But Albanese said the Coalition’s proposed terms of reference – which include education, the arts, culture, and migration – amounted to an inquiry into “the whole functioning of Australia”.

“What we need to do is to work immediately. That is what the Richardson review will do. And in addition to that, it will feed into the inquiry, which hasn’t been announced in NSW,” he said. “The idea that we would have multiple royal commissions as well as a review running at the same time is going to simply delay action.”

Earlier on Monday, NSW Premier Chris Minns confirmed the state royal commission would examine federal agencies, including spy agency ASIO, describing it as a “comprehensive investigation” into the Bondi attack.

Week beginning 24 December 2025

Kristen Lopez, Popcorn Disabilities, Bloomsbury Academic, November 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley and Bloomsbury Academic, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Prepare to question your responses to disability, not only as depicted in the films that are discussed, but also in relation to friends and strangers with a disability and government and non-government disability policies. Kristen Lopez has opened a discussion that, while concentrating on films, raises questions about a broad range of issues related to disability. In doing so, Lopez has created a narrative that is superbly knowable about numerous films. Some are obviously relevant; others raise important questions that conflict with understood meanings about disability and its depiction. It is the range of examples, the preparedness to see positive aspects amongst the dross, and to succinctly criticise the latter that gives this book its gravitas. I sometimes felt offended, after all I have some knowledge of the issues. Or so I thought! But this is another strength of Lopez’s work. Questioning one’s own responses to the films and her ideas is a valuable tool for making the most of the information in Popcorn Disabilities.

Some of the chapter titles provide useful clues to the issues Lopez sees in the films she describes. ‘Silent Saints and Tragic Monsters’ immediately reminds anyone who has seen films that include disability of the way in which people with disabilities have been portrayed. Why? Is the question such a reader and film goer must ask. ‘War and the rise of the Bitter Cripple’, again, an easily recognisable trope. In contrast, ‘Black and Disabled’ raises no such recognition. Again, why? ‘Disabled Horror and the Horror of Disability’ is such a profoundly distressing image, and so too, are the realities raised in the chapter. ‘Pretty Disabilities’ the opposite image to that in the previous chapter, also casts a wide swathe through audience reception of characters with a disability in films. As an audience can we acknowledge our own feelings about disability and the ‘costume’ it wears to placate us? See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Australian Politics

Opinion

Australian hearts are shattered – and some would-be leaders have broken them further*

Amy Remeikis
Dec 20, 2025, updated Dec 19, 2025

Opposition Leader Sussan Ley and frontbenchers Andrew Bragg, Julian Leeser and Jonathon Duniam at Bondi Beach.

Opposition Leader Sussan Ley and frontbenchers Andrew Bragg, Julian Leeser and Jonathon Duniam at Bondi Beach. Photo: AAP

There is no denying Australia’s sense of safety has been shattered. There is no denying antisemitism exists in Australia and that the fears of the Jewish community have been horrifically realised in a way that perhaps we will never recover from.

There is no denying that in the days and months to come we will learn more about what could, should and didn’t happen to prevent what was supposed to be an unimaginable tragedy in Australia.

Jewish fears of an attack have been very real, with schools, synagogues, sporting and religious events requiring additional security. There are few communities (Muslims an exception) that would ever understand the cultural and psychological impacts of that. For Jewish people, last Sunday’s massacre came on top of those effects.

But there is also no denying that rather than try to promote unity, healing and a national stand against all forms of hate, some have sought to exploit that tragedy amid a completely unprecedented moment in Australian political history.

Never before has there been an opposition that has blamed a government for an act of terror and mass murder. Before Sunday, the rule for both major political parties was to place national unity ahead of any political gain.

In modern political history, Labor has been in opposition when Australia has experienced these nation-shaking acts. It has, in response, held firm to whatever line the Coalition government of the day was promoting.

This included in 1996, when Labor immediately pledged supportfor the Howard government’s gun laws; 2002, when then-Labor leader Simon Crean travelled with John Howard to Indonesia after the Bali bombings that killed 202 people, including 88 Australians.

In 2005, Kim Beazley followed Howard’s denial of reality and refused to label the Cronulla race riots as “racist”, as Howard had immediately responded by saying “I do not accept that there is underlying racism in this country. I have always taken a more optimistic view of the character of the Australian people”. The thinking at the time was that political unity was more important than sparking a political fight. Even if it meant denying an all-too-obvious reality.

After the 2014 Lindt Cafe siege, where two of the 18 hostages held by Man Haron Monis were killed after a 16-hour stand-off with police, Bill Shorten gave full support to Tony Abbott.

In 2019, when a right-wing Australian extremist murdered 51 Muslims at two mosques in New Zealand, Labor did not jump to question the government’s inaction on what had been growing security agency concerns about the right-wing threat in Australia.

Never has there been a time where politics has been played so blatantly, so openly at the expense of a terrified, traumatised community and the wider nation at large.

On social media, Aaron Smith has already comprehensively debunked some of the claims made by former Coalition Kooyong MP Josh Frydenberg, who announced his political comeback in the midst of a grief-stricken, but factually incorrect, speech in Bondi.

Sussan Ley immediately jumped to questioning what “values” migrants had brought to Australia, a continuation of a line she launched in November in the latest bid to save her political skin.
Andrew Hastie, now considered the most likely Liberal leadership contender, was more blunt in his interview on Sky News, declaring: “The real question is, who are we letting into our country?”

The hateful, radicalised man who led Sunday’s abhorrent terror attack, moved to Australia from India 27 years ago, when Howard was prime minister. His son, who has been charged with terror offences, was born in Australia.

There were migrants who lost their lives on Bondi Beach on December 14, including a Holocaust survivor. Ahmed al-Ahmed is a migrant who risked his life disarming a gunman. Reuven Morrison, a migrant, lost his life saving others by throwing bricks at the gunman, giving people precious minutes and seconds to get away. Russian Jewish couple Boris and Sofia Gurman died trying to stop the attack before it started.

The question isn’t “who are we letting into our country?”, it’s “why are we letting grasping politicians spread further hate and division?”.

Howard has always accepted the plaudits of being the man who changed Australia’s gun laws, even as his stated plan was never fully implemented (like the national gun register). But he proved he was willing to burn that legacy by labelling a rational response to a deadly attack – the tightening of gun laws – a “distraction”.

Howard launched his attack despite admitting in the very same press conference he was “not aware” of what national cabinet had decided on gun laws, “apart from a brief dot-point presentation as I left an interview at the Sky studio”.

Ley has been cheered on in the media for equating the hundreds of thousands of Australians who marched against a genocide with the Bondi terror attack against the Jewish community.

No rational, compassionate person would argue that antisemitism isn’t an issue in Australia, or that there have not been people who have used the legitimate criticism of Israel’s actions against Palestinians as cover to target Jewish people for being Jewish.

But to claim that protesting a genocide (a finding supported by the United Nations, genocide scholars and experts and every major humanitarian organisation) is akin to bearing responsibility for Sunday’s terror attack is to break with reality.

To claim that recognising the state of Palestine, in common with the majority of world nations, means the Albanese government has blood on its hands, is beyond rationality.

And no one, despite the breathless coverage, has been able to explain how a further crackdown on universities would have thwarted two disturbed men who had, at least from the reporting, no known contact with universities.

Accusations began flying before any information was known, with fingers immediately being pointed where it best served established interests.

Jewish voices urging for an end to the false equation and for unity have been largely ignored, as has another former prime minister, Malcolm Turnbull, who has also urged unity.

There is no going back to where we were before December 14. Not only was Australia’s shaky sense of safety irrevocably shattered, the social contract Australians relied on their politicians to uphold, to place the nation’s needs above politics, has been destroyed by the Coalition.

How any of this helps Australia’s Jewish community, let alone the nation as a whole, is apparently not something they care to ask themselves.

Amy Remeikis is a contributing editor for The New Daily and chief political analyst for The Australia Institute

*The quotes have been omitted. They can be seen on x.

From a thoughtful Facebook post by Mick Farley

In the nine days since the Bondi mass shooting, almost every part of this tragedy has been dragged into someone’s political narrative. The victims, the community, the memorial, even the grief itself, all pulled apart and repurposed for point‑scoring.

All except one thing.

𝗔𝗻𝘁𝗵𝗼𝗻𝘆 𝗔𝗹𝗯𝗮𝗻𝗲𝘀𝗲’𝘀 𝗿𝗲𝗮𝗰𝘁𝗶𝗼𝗻.

I don’t vote for his party, so this isn’t about political alignment. It’s about conduct. While others have used the grief of a shattered community to advance their own agendas, the Prime Minister has been the only public figure who hasn’t tried to weaponise this moment.

He didn’t centre himself.

He didn’t retaliate when he was booed.

He didn’t escalate.

He didn’t redirect the grief toward a geopolitical argument.

He didn’t turn a memorial for victims of a mass shooting into a platform for anything other than respect.

In a week where almost everyone else has tried to claim this tragedy for their own purposes, 𝗵𝗶𝘀 𝗿𝗲𝘀𝘁𝗿𝗮𝗶𝗻𝘁 𝗵𝗮𝘀 𝗯𝗲𝗲𝗻 𝘁𝗵𝗲 𝗼𝗻𝗹𝘆 𝗻𝗼𝗻‑𝗽𝗼𝗹𝗶𝘁𝗶𝗰𝗶𝘀𝗲𝗱 𝗿𝗲𝘀𝗽𝗼𝗻𝘀𝗲. And that restraint, that refusal to exploit a community’s pain, has shown more genuine concern for the victims than any of the loud, opportunistic commentary that’s followed.

𝗧𝗿𝘂𝘁𝗵 𝗺𝗮𝘁𝘁𝗲𝗿𝘀, 𝗲𝘃𝗲𝗻 𝘄𝗵𝗲𝗻 𝗶𝘁’𝘀 𝗶𝗻𝗰𝗼𝗻𝘃𝗲𝗻𝗶𝗲𝗻𝘁.

𝗗𝗶𝗴𝗻𝗶𝘁𝘆 𝗺𝗮𝘁𝘁𝗲𝗿𝘀, 𝗲𝘃𝗲𝗻 𝘄𝗵𝗲𝗻 𝗶𝘁’𝘀 𝘂𝗻𝗽𝗼𝗽𝘂𝗹𝗮𝗿.

Sometimes leadership is measured not by what someone says, but by what they refuse to turn into a spectacle.

#australia#humanity#AnthonyAlbanese#Albo#BondiBeach#jewishaustraliansAnthony Albanese#peace

American Politics

From: TRENDING US SHOWS, Facebook post

THE RETURN OF IDEALISM: “THE WEST WING” TRIUMPHANTLY RECLAIMS THE OVAL OFFICE!

In an era of political chaos and fractured narratives, the news we’ve all been waiting for has finally broken! The West Wing is making a triumphant return to our screens, serving as a powerful beacon of idealism in a world that needs it more than ever! 📺✨

Original creator Aaron Sorkin is reportedly back at the helm, bringing his signature rapid-fire dialogue and unwavering belief in the power of public service. 🕵️‍♂️ But this isn’t just a nostalgic trip; the revival promises to tackle the complex challenges of 2025 with the same intellect and heart that made the original a global phenomenon. 🤐 Fans are buzzing: which iconic cast members are returning to the halls of the White House? 😱 Can the “Bartlet spirit” survive in today’s digital age? As the nation watches, this series is set to prove that leadership and integrity never go out of style!

I am enjoying watching The West Wing as an antidote to the current American political scene. Lawrence O’Donnel, who wrote some episodes, and also appeared in one, showed the reunion of the actors celebrating the 25th anniversary. This was held at the White House when Joe Biden was President.

I also enjoyed reading and reviewing Joshua Stein, The Binge Watcher’s Guide to The West Wing Seasons One and Two, Riverdale Avenue Books The Binge Watcher’s Guide, August 2024.

Reading The Binge Watcher’s Guide to The West Wing while also watching the 2024 Democratic National Convention could not have been more propitious. At the same time Joshua Stein deftly outlines the real stories associated with some of the episodes, the way in which he points to criticisms of some of the positions held by President Clinton and demonstrates the demeaning way in which women were treated, thereby undermining the dream that this series seemed to portray, another possibility of a better West Wing is unfurling in Chicago at the Democratic National Convention. Together with the enthusiasm, joy, abounding optimism and inspiring speeches, there are words of caution and solid understanding of what it means to govern, to adopt the mantle of responsibilities of the presidency and West Wing staffers.

These realities are worth thinking about when reading The Binge Watcher’s Guide to the West Wing. As Michelle Obama opined, people running for office are not perfect, and cannot be expected to be. Committed Democrats must continue to work to win office, regardless of how well their contribution is acknowledged and publicly appreciated. Everyone cannot expect perfection from others – there is no time for pettiness. In this instance, she and others cautioned that working for Kamala Harris and Tim Walz to become President and Vice President is too important for such minor concerns. In short, the dream and essential reality being offered by this team must be supported. So, at the same time as reading that our West Wing heroes and heroines can be less than perfect, that the president’s ideals and policy initiatives are not always the height of integrity, and squirming at the way in which women’s contributions and lives are not valued it is also worth maintaining the wonder with which we watched The West Wing in our unadulterated enthusiasm to believe in a better political way and integrity beyond that possible in an environment in which to introduce worthwhile polices winning is necessary.

The forward explains the writer’s purpose and his belief about what politics is and what it should be. He began writing in 2015 and is informed by the political events of 2016. There is a section on The West Wing 25 years later, that includes President Joe Biden’s decision not to run for a second term of the presidency. Each chapter covers one or more episodes. The introduction to Season 1 includes the Reagan quote about the problem of government, the cynicism invoked by that idea and The West Wing as a reaction. Before setting out the details of each episode, the introduction highlights some of the issues that will be covered and Stein’s responses to these.

The book is well organised, with enough information to provide the main storylines, the subtexts, whether these were based on some real event and both the episode arch and the contribution the episode made to the longer-term dramatic arches. Details of the personnel such as the major characters; recurring characters; and the production staff covering the creator and writer, the director and producer, executive producer, the musician and composer of the West Wing theme, and other major contributors to the production staff are included. Recurring plot lines are listed. References to ‘Sorkinisms’, in reference to the creator and writer are a feature of the book. The detail in each chapter covering one or more episodes makes a wonderful read, as do Stein’s comments and the references to the moral and political imperatives associated with each event.

Reading The Binge Watcher’s Guide to the West Wing Seasons One and Two was an engaging return to the series which to date I have watched twice. With this book’s illumination of events that I might have seen differently I look forward to watching The West Wing again. In particular, the term ‘patriot’ used by Ainslie (a Republican staff member) about her Democratic Party colleagues now resonates more strongly with me, as an Australian reader who was new to the term then but has now heard it used almost unremittingly in the context of current American politics. Ainslie’s observation was prescient, suggesting that although The West Wing may not have worn well in some ways, it still has something to say that is worthwhile. Joshua Stein’s book makes a valuable contribution to understanding the series and is important in the current American political environment. It is also engaging, fun and a temptation to sentimental reminiscences – yes, a thoroughly enjoyable read. Thank you, Joshua Stein.

International Women’s Writing Online Conference

Jocelynne Scutt sent me the following about an interesting online conference, Registration is open and all are welcome.

Registration Open: International Women’s Writing Online Conference

“Women’s Writing Association” <womenswritingassociation@gmail.com>

Thursday 15th to Friday 16th January 2026

This online conference will be an interdisciplinary, cross-period, and global exploration of the role and impact of women’s writing, which is dedicated to the discussion of a broad range of women’s writing from any time, period, and place. We will discuss the popular and the literary; bestsellers and genres; poetry and prose; screen and script; writing for games and digital spaces; creative non-fiction; life-writing, biography, and memoir; and journalism and other forms of cultural production.

We will be thinking and talking about the pasts, presents, and futures of women’s writing on a global scale. We will explore women’s voices and artistic practices; the changing landscape of and about women’s writing; forms and mediums; the archival and the digital; textual and sexual politics; resistance and re-imaginings; interventions and intersections; and all of this across a wide range of disciplines, time periods, and texts.

We hope you will join us for this exciting event, which will bring together scholars, researchers, students, and enthusiasts to share their research, insights, and perspectives in an open and inclusive atmosphere.


Please register on one of the following links, which will also give you free membership of the new International Women’s Writing Association for 2025-26:

Full fee

International Women’s Writing Online Conference 15th – 16th January 2026 | Falmouth University

PGR/Unwaged

International Women’s Writing Online Conference 15th – 16th January 2026 (PGR) | Falmouth University

Excerpts from Dervla McTiernan’s email – more on her forthcoming book

In October we talked about the very first spark of the book (and you voted for your favourite idea … which, thankfully, was Three Boxes!), in November I took you through the edit, and this month we’ve reached the strange alchemy of covers, titles and blurbs.

Titles are everything.

Covers are everything too.

And then there’s the blurb (or cover copy, as it is sometimes called) … a few hundred words to explain a 100,000-word novel. A tiny smudge of a description that will hopefully (and oh that’s a small word for such big feelings!) make you, the reader, excited to read.

Here’s mine:

Someone’s been watching. Someone’s been waiting.

Alexis Turner walks into the police station to report an assault. By the end of the day, she is nowhere to be found.

Soon after she disappears, three identical packages arrive at three very different doors: a respected psychologist’s home, a socialite’s mansion, and a struggling single father’s run-down apartment. Inside, each gift is perfectly tailored to its recipient — and each will tear apart the life of its intended victim.

Detective Sergeant Judith Lee is smart and experienced, but this is no ordinary case. Someone with intimate knowledge of their targets is orchestrating these attacks. Someone who knows exactly how to hurt each victim where they’re most vulnerable. And she’s convinced that somehow, it connects back to Alexis Turner.

As she races to uncover the connection between three seemingly unrelated people, Judith discovers she’s no longer just investigating the game – she’s being forced to play.

God, it’s both terrifying and exciting to be sending that out into the world. What do you think? Does it match the original idea? I think it’s pretty close, though Judith wasn’t in my mind when I started out. If you picked this book up in a book shop, would you want to read it?

After the blurb, of course, comes the cover and the title.

As you know, I’ve been calling the book either Three Boxes, or The Box Book, both of which are very much working titles. I tend to put off the process of choosing a title for as long as possible, because it’s so difficult.

Together, a title and a cover need to convey: genre, tone, story

It is amazingly hard to come up with a title and a cover design that will do all of that. The cover needs to tell you what genre it is, so it needs to be similar to other covers, but it needs to be different enough that you, the reader, will notice it, and it needs to shout enough about the story that you, the reader, will want to pick it up! And the title needs to be cool and fresh and tell you something about the story and not be the same title as the hundreds of thousands of titles that have come before. Oof!

For this book, we’re going to have one cover for the US, Canada, Ireland and the UK, and a very different cover for Australia and New Zealand. It’s a little too soon to show you the Australia / New Zealand cover, but I’m excited to be able to share with you what’s happening in the US and Canada, as well as in the UK and Ireland.

I can’t tell you how many versions of various covers we went through before we landed on this. It probably looks deceptively simple, but believe me, every element of this cover has been considered and debated and revised about ten times. I think it’s the right cover for the US/Canada and Ireland/UK right now, and it hits all of the key elements (genre, tone and story)

But I’m curious about your thoughts! First of all, how important is a cover and a title to you when you buy a book? When was the last time you picked up a book in a book shop from an author who was totally new to you, on the strength of the cover alone? And what does my US cover say to you, about this book? Do you think it’s a good fit for the story I’ve been telling you about? Vote in the poll, or drop me an email and let me know.

Click here to vote in the poll!

In January I’ll be able to show you the Australian / New Zealand cover, which is very different, and it will be interesting to hear your thoughts on which one you prefer.

Cindy Lou wanders into Civic and finds a fun Mexican restaurant

Fonda is certainly not Wahaca, the Mexican restaurant I visited in Paddington Square a couple of years ago. However, it has a charm of its own – lovely staff, pleasant seating, even though it is on a busy corner, and food which is flavoursome and plentiful. And, it is very reasonably priced. I enjoyed the evening.

Creamery & Co

This is a pleasant coffee shop in Gunghalin. The staff are friendly and made my coffee to perfection. There is a good range of pastries, but the ricotta and spinach roll was my choice on this occasion.

Christmas Eve at The Duxton

A snack at The Duxton was a nice pre-Christmas Day occasion. It was sunny with a slight breeze; the service was quick and the food just right.

Week beginning 17 December 2025

Stephen Rötzsch Thomas Disney’s Animated Classics A Comprehensive Guide Pen & Sword| White owl, September 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley and Pen & Sword for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Snow White features throughout this book, beginning with the author having received the video as a present, watching it almost under duress, and later becoming an admirer. This admiration is based on the craft exhibited in producing the film, and its role in introducing the wonderful world of cartoon artistry that moves the narrative along, chapter to chapter. The development of Walt Disney’s animated works is traced from its beginning, with particular attention to Disney’s involvement until his death in 1966 and the impact of new leaders. Cartooning provides the backbone to the narrative, alongside the host of elements that are essential to generating Disney’s work. Many of the shorter works and films are described in detail. This book is a funny, informative, and nostalgic ode to Disney’s animated classics.

At the same time as telling the story of Disney, his close colleagues, the broad range of workers responsible for producing the works, and the films themselves, there are some personal interjections – some a little awkward, others warm and humorous, and yet others breathing a strong waft of nostalgia at the same time as acknowledging the value of remakes that abandon racist aspects of the older versions. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Margo Donohue Fever The Complete History of Saturday Night Fever Kensington Publishing, August 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

This is a magnificently detailed account of the personnel, cultural environment, and film history that brought into being Saturday Night Fever. Overwhelming at times, this book is worth returning to repeatedly, for anyone interested in the film, but also for students of film history. Saturday Night Fever was produced in two versions. One was suitable for a wider audience, the other was grittier, an honest account of the Brooklyn world in Tony Manero swung his paint can as he walked to work in the opening scene. For me, the fall from the Brooklyn Bridge was a focal point of the film. Grease, also starring John Travolta and produced a year later, like Saturday Night Fever, had a captivating soundtrack, which sometimes leads to thinking of the films in tandem. However, this is misleading. Grease was delightful and easy viewing. Saturday Night Fever was not, and Margo Donohue’s history shows how it was saved from becoming only the lighter version. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Emily Bleeker Good Days Bad Days Lake Union Publishing, October 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Emily Bleeker’s novel resonates well beyond its conclusion. She has packed so much into this story of a woman seeking her past, and an explanation for her banishment from her home as a teenager. Charlotte returns home at her father’s request to clear it of the hoarding that has always been her mother’s priority. Greg’s has been in enabling and protecting Betty, leaving Charlotte with questions, an inability to forgive her parents and self-protection that impacts her own mothering.

This novel moves between protagonists and time. Charlotte, known now as Charlie and to her parents in the past as Lottie, begins the story. Her return home and the immensity of Betty’s hoarding, visiting Betty who is now in care for her dementia and, while trying to clear her childhood home of the accumulation of years of belongings, assembling their history is a compelling and poignant story. In this narrative Charlotte’s own family life is also questioned, alongside her negative feelings about her parents. Her feelings toward her father who put her mother and her hoarding first fluctuate, as do those toward Betty for whom a good day in medical terms means rejection of Charlie, and a bad day the appearance of Betty who sees Charlie as Laura a friend from the past with whom she can exchange giggling discussions of girlhood.  She finds comfort in the Betty for whom she is no longer the daughter that destroyed their family. Greg’s recall of the past is enlightening – about his relationship with Betty, his daughter and his history which encompasses both Betty’s television past, and his own. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

American Politics

The Hoax of Christmas Present

Meidas+ <meidastouch@substack.com> Unsubscribe

Forwarded this email? Subscribe here for more

Polling and focus group data show voters across parties feel crushed by rising costs, even as Trump dismisses affordability concerns as a “hoax” that contradicts Americans’ lived reality.

MeidasTouch Network and Margie Omero Dec 13 

Guest article by Margie Omero, a principal at the Democratic polling firm GBAO

President Trump is known for having a pretty deceptive relationship with the truth. He calls things hoaxes that are true, and calls things true that are hoaxes. His latest claim is affordability is a “hoax” – but polls show he couldn’t be more wrong. It doesn’t matter how you ask it – voters are deeply, acutely worried about costs. It’s by far the top issue voters say Washington should work on. 

Almost half – even a plurality of Trump voters – say the cost of living is “the worst I can remember it ever being.” And digging deeper, voters feel squeezed across the board; on housing, utility prices, food, and health care, over 70% say the cost of each is going up. Economic indicators confirm voters’ perceptions; consumer confidence is down, the lowest level since April, while inflation continues to climb.

Yet Trump’s declaration America is in a “golden age,” where people are “doing better than you’ve ever done” – is completely at odds with voters’ reality. Two-thirds of Americans feel the country is “on the wrong track,” including three in ten (29%) Republicans. Gallup found just 21% think the economy is going well.

Come the holidays, these struggles seem likely to get even worse. Navigator Research shows nearly half of Americans (47%) plan to cut back for the holidays. And Gallup’s Economic Confidence Index has dropped to a 17-month low, with sharply lower holiday spending than predicted a few short months ago.

Focus groups bring to light this widespread national sourness. In groups I’ve conducted over the last few months for AARPNavigator, and others, people have vivid examples of how they’re trying to save money, like using buy-now-pay-later apps to afford dog food, considering moving to another state to better afford utility bills, renting out part of their house through AirBnB, selling off many of their possessions, buying and selling Pokemon cards, or even moving in with an ex-boyfriend.

This economic pessimism mirrors Trump’s own downturn. His Trump’s ratings on the economy have fallen dramatically since he took office, across polling outletsClear majorities – of both Democrats and Republicans – say “inflation and the cost of living” should be Washington’s top priority – the top in a long list of 22 items (respondents could pick five). Yet when given the same list, and asked which were Trump’s and Congressional Republicans’ top five priorities, inflation ranked 8th.When Trump does have policies allegedly aimed at addressing the economy and inflation, Americans say they are more worried than not. Majorities are concerned about tariffs, or about cuts to Medicaid and SNAP, and more oppose repealing Obamacare than support it.

With this backdrop, it’s no wonder Trump’s own voters are turning on him. Navigator Research shows a steady, sizable share of Trump voters (about 15% of them) say they “regret” their vote, with even more saying they are “disappointed” in him. There are enough Trump regretters to impact the 2026 midterms, either by voting Democratic or staying home altogether. We’ve already seen this in action this year in Democratic overperformance in races across the country.

By shouting things like “our prices are coming down tremendously,” Trump is telling voters to “reject the evidence of their eyes and ears.” But this is 2025, not 1984, and voters aren’t buying it. There’s only one real “con job” right now, and it’s not Americans’ worries about affordability.

By: Margie Omero, Principal at the Democratic polling firm GBAO, has nearly 30 years studying public opinion. Her clients have included Senator Ruben Gallego (AZ), Governors Tony Evers (WI) and Laura Kelly (KS), and organizations like AARP, Navigator Research, the New York Times Opinion Page, and American Bridge’s Working Class Project.

The Washington Post

Opinion David Ignatius

The outlines of a sustainable Ukraine peace deal inch into view

Trump’s tilt toward Russia isn’t helping, but there’s still a path to a reasonable endgame. December 9, 2025

Here’s a simple description of what peace should look like in Ukraine: a sovereign nation, its borders protected by international security guarantees, that is part of the European Union and rebuilding its economy with big investments from the United States and Europe.

The best of The Post’s opinions and commentary, in your inbox every morning

For all President Donald Trump’s hardball negotiating tactics, and his inexplicable sympathy for the Russian aggressor, such a deal seems to be getting closer, according to what I’m hearing from American, Ukrainian and European officials.

Trump could still blow it by squeezing President Volodymyr Zelensky and his European supporters so hard they choose to fight on despite the awful cost. That would be bad for everyone. This is a moment for Trump to reassure Ukraine and Europe, not try to bludgeon them into a settlement.

Trump’s tilt toward the Kremlin in the National Security Strategy released by the White House last week has complicated negotiations. He seems to want to stand equidistant between a democratic Europe and an autocratic Russia, “to mitigate the risk of conflict between Russia and European states,” the document says. That evenhandedness between friend and foe makes no sense, strategically or morally — and it genuinely worries Europe.

Despite this shaky foundation, the Trump peace effort has some promise. U.S. negotiators Jared Kushner and Steve Witkoff are business tycoons, not diplomats. But they seem to recognize that the best protection for Ukraine is a combination of binding security guarantees and future economic prosperity. And they know the package will fail unless Zelensky can sell it to a brave but exhausted country.

The negotiating package involves three documents, a Ukrainian official told me: the peace plan, security guarantees and an economic recovery plan. The talks are far from over, with Ukraine and European supporters planning to release a joint set of amendments Wednesday. But here are some of the ideas being explored, as described to me this week by U.S. and Ukrainian officials:

• Ukraine would join the European Union as early as 2027. This rapid accession worries some E.U. powers. But the Trump administration thinks it can overcome opposition from Hungary, which has been Kyiv’s biggest E.U. opponent. Membership would foster trade and investment. But perhaps most important, it would force Ukraine to control its pernicious culture of corruption in state-owned businesses.

At bottom, this war has been about whether Ukraine can become a European country. President Vladimir Putin detests that idea, with his mystical belief in the oneness of Russia and Ukraine. Quick E.U. membership for Kyiv looks to me like victory.

• The United States would provide what are described as “Article 5-like” security guarantees to protect Ukraine if Russia violates the pact. Ukraine wants the U.S. to sign such an agreement and have Congress ratify it; European nations would sign separate security guarantees. A U.S.-Ukrainian working group is exploring how the details would work — and how fast Ukraine and its allies could respond to any Russian breach.

The reliability of the U.S. guarantees is arguably undermined by language in the National Security Strategy that seems to erode the NATO alliance, on which the guarantees are modeled. But the Trump team says it’s committed to continuing U.S. intelligence support for Ukraine, which is the sine qua non of security.

• Ukraine’s sovereignty would be protected from any Russian veto. But negotiators still seem to be struggling with delicate issues like limits on Ukraine’s army. There’s talk of raising an initial U.S. proposal for a 600,000-soldier army to 800,000, which is roughly what Ukraine would have anyway, postwar. But Kyiv refuses any formal constitutional cap, as Russia wants. Whatever the nominal size of the army, officials say there might be supplements like the national guard or other support forces

• A demilitarized zone would be established along the entire ceasefire line, all the way from the Donetsk province in the northeast to the Zaporizhzhia and Kherson regions in the south. Behind this DMZ would be a deeper zone in which heavy weapons would be excluded. This line would be closely monitored, much like the DMZ that divides North and South Korea.

• “Land swaps” are an inescapable part of the deal, but Ukraine and the U.S. are still haggling over how the lines would be drawn. Russia demands Ukraine give up the roughly 25 percent of Donetsk it still holds; the Trump team argues that Ukraine is likely to lose much of that in battle over the next six months, in any event, and should make concessions now to spare casualties.

U.S. negotiators have tried various formulas to make this concession more palatable for Zelensky. One idea is that the withdrawal zone would be demilitarized. Zelensky insisted Monday that he has “no legal right” to cede territory to Russia. One way to finesse this issue is the Korea model — to this day, South Korea claims a legal right to the entire peninsula and North Korea asserts the same.

• The Zaporizhzhia nuclear power plant, the largest in Europe, would no longer be under Russian occupation. Negotiators are discussing the possibility that the United States might take over running the facility. Strange as it may sound, that appeals to some Ukrainian officials because it would provide an American tripwire against Russian aggression.

• The Trump administration would seek to foster investment and economic development in Ukraine. One source of funds would be the more than $200 billion in Russian assets now frozen in Europe. Trump’s negotiators already proposed making $100 billion of that stash available to Ukraine for reparations. The amount might be increased.

A more durable engine for reconstruction would be U.S. investment. U.S. officials are talking with Larry Fink, chief executive of the financial giant BlackRock, about reviving its plan for a Ukraine Development Fund that would attract $400 billion for reconstructionThe World Bank would also be involved.

Trump, to be sure, wants similar investment and reconstruction initiatives for Russia. The premise for Kushner and Witkoff, both devout capitalists, is that countries that trade and prosper don’t make war. The rise of Nazi Germany in the 1930s confounds that optimism, as does the growing menace of China today. But it’s still a reasonable formula.

Rather than trying to squeeze Zelensky into a deal, the Trump negotiators should work with European allies to create a package of security guarantees and economic incentives that’s attractive enough that Ukrainians would be willing to swallow the bitter pill of giving up the slice of Donetsk that Russia has failed to conquer. Otherwise, Ukrainians will keep fighting.

The biggest mistake Trump can make is to insist that it’s now or never. Diplomacy doesn’t work that way, and good business doesn’t, either. As Trump observed several decades ago, “The worst thing you can possibly do in a deal is seem desperate to make it. That makes the other guy smell blood, and then you’re dead.”

Trump should make a reasonable deal that will last. Otherwise, he might end up with nothing, and this miserable conflict could enter an even more destructive phase.

The need for serious people to lead a country

Heather Cox Richardson from Letters from an American <heathercoxrichardson@substack.com> 

Forwarded this email? Subscribe here for more December 15, 2025Heather Cox Richardson Dec 16 

 “For the last couple of months, Senator Rumson has suggested that being president of this country was to a certain extent about character. And although I have not been willing to engage in his attacks on me, I’ve been here three years and three days. And I can tell you, without hesitation, being president of this country is entirely about character.”

In 1995 the late Rob Reiner— who, along with his wife Michele Singer Reiner, lost his life yesterday— directed The American President, written by Aaron Sorkin. In the film, President Andrew Shepherd, a widower, is facing a challenge from Republican presidential hopeful Senator Bob Rumson, who attacks Shepherd by focusing on the activist past of the woman he is dating, lawyer and lobbyist Sydney Ellen Wade.The final scene of the film is a speech by the president rejecting the pretended patriotism of his partisan attacker, who is cynically manipulating voters to gain power. It is a meditation on what it means to be the president of the United States.“

For the record, yes, I am a card-carrying member of the ACLU,” Shepherd says to reporters at a press conference, “but the more important question is, why aren’t you, Bob? Now, this is an organization whose sole purpose is to defend the Bill of Rights, so it naturally begs the question, why would a senator, his party’s most powerful spokesman, and a candidate for president choose to reject upholding the Constitution?”

“America isn’t easy. America is advanced citizenship. You’ve got to want it bad, ‘cause it’s gonna put up a fight. It’s gonna say: You want free speech? Let’s see you acknowledge a man whose words make your blood boil, who’s standing center stage and advocating at the top of his lungs that which you would spend a lifetime opposing at the top of yours. You want to claim this land as a land of the free? Then the symbol of your country cannot just be a flag. The symbol also has to be one of its citizens exercising his right to burn that flag in protest. Now, show me that. Defend that, celebrate that in your classrooms. Then you can stand up and sing about the land of the free.”

“I’ve known Bob Rumson for years, and I’ve been operating under the assumption that the reason Bob devotes so much time and energy to shouting at the rain was that he simply didn’t get it. Well, I was wrong. Bob’s problem isn’t that he doesn’t get it. Bob’s problem is that he can’t sell it. We have serious problems to solve, and we need serious people to solve them. And whatever your particular problem is, I promise you, Bob Rumson is not the least bit interested in solving it. He is interested in two things, and two things only, making you afraid of it and telling you who’s to blame for it.

“That, ladies and gentlemen, is how you win elections.”

“We’ve got serious problems, and we need serious people. And if you want to talk about character, Bob, you better come at me with more than a burning flag and a membership card.… This is a time for serious people, Bob, and your 15 minutes are up.”


Australian Politics

Anthony Albanese condemns Bondi Beach terror attack as ‘act of evil antisemitism’

Story by Clare Armstrong

Anthony Albanese has condemned the Bondi Beach terror attack as an “act of evil antisemitism” targeting Australia’s Jewish community, declaring the nation will never submit to “division, violence or hatred”.

The prime minister vowed to “eradicate” the hate that fuelled the deadly mass shooting at a Chanukah by the Sea event on Sunday evening and defended his government’s response to rising antisemitism in Australia.

“The evil that was unleashed at Bondi Beach today is beyond anyone’s worst nightmare,” he said.

Fifteen victims plus one of the two gunmen were killed in the attack and a further 38 were injured after two men opened fire at a park near Bondi Beach, where people were gathered to celebrate the first day of Hanukkah.

Speaking in Canberra after calling an urgent meeting of cabinet’s National Security Committee (NSC), Mr Albanese said he believed a “moment of national unity” would arise from the “vile act of violence” and Australians would embrace Jewish members of the community.

“There are nights that tear at the nation’s soul. In this moment of darkness, we must be each other’s light,” he said.

“An attack on Jewish Australians is an attack on every Australian, and every Australian tonight will be like me, devastated by this attack on our way of life.”

Mr Albanese said his first thoughts were with Australians in the “terrible early hours of their grief”, for those injured, and the first responders and members of the public who rushed to help as the attack unfolded.

“We have seen Australians today run toward danger in order to help others,” he said.

“These Australians are heroes and their bravery has saved lives.”

Mr Albanese said Australia stood with its Jewish community and he reaffirmed its right to be “proud of who you are and what you believe”.

“You should never have had to endure the loss that you have suffered today,” he said.

“You should never know the fear that you know.”

At the NSC meeting on Sunday, ASIO director-general Mike Burgess briefed senior ministers on the security situation in the wake of the attack.

Mr Burgess advised Australia’s terror threat level remained at “probable” — the third highest of five possible ratings — meaning there was a 50 per cent chance of an attack in the next 12 months.

He said ASIO was assisting police with their ongoing investigation, as well as looking into the identities of the attackers.

“We’ll be looking to see if there’s anyone in the community that has similar intent,” he said.

“It’s important to stress at this point, we have no indications to that fact, but that is something we have active investigations on.”

Australian Federal Police acting deputy commissioner for national security Nigel Ryan said the declaration of the Bondi attack as a terror incident triggered “specialist powers” for the investigation.

Mr Albanese said his government took antisemitism “seriously” and “continued to take all the advice from the security agencies” on the issue.

In July the federal government released its initial response to a report by Australia’s antisemitism special envoy Jillian Segal to combat antisemitism. However, it is still considering the recommendations.

Asked if the attack would impact those considerations, Mr Albanese said the government was “continuing to work” on the issues raised, including a request for additional funding for security.

“This is an incredibly tough time for the community to deal with this. It’s important that they don’t deal with it alone,” he said.

Following the attack on Sunday, Ms Segal released a statement saying the “worst fear” of the Australian Jewish community had become a reality.

“This did not come without warning,” she said.

“An attack on a peaceful Jewish celebration is an attack on our national character and our way of life. Australia must defend both.”

There has been an outpouring of support from politicians and public figures, with Governor-General Sam Mostyn saying Australians were in “shock, distress and sadness”.

King Charles said he and Queen Camilla were “appalled and saddened by the most dreadful antisemitic terrorist attack on Jewish people attending Chanukah celebration at Bondi Beach”.

“Our hearts go out to everyone who has been affected so dreadfully, including the police officers who were injured while protecting members of their community. We commend the police, emergency services and members of the public whose heroic actions no doubt prevented even greater horror and tragedy.”

Opposition Leader Sussan Ley said Australians were in “deep mourning” over the “hateful violence” that struck at Bondi.

“My heart is with Australia’s Jewish community tonight, particularly those in the eastern suburbs of Sydney — people I know well,” she said.

Greens leader senator Larissa Waters said the targeting of the Jewish community was “reprehensible and intolerable”.

“My heart is with the Jewish community who are grieving loved ones, and feeling rocked and fearful,” she said.

Independent MP Allegra Spender, whose electorate of Wentworth includes Bondi, said this was “not the Australia that we know and love”.

“This is horrifying,” she said.

Former prime minister Tony Abbott described the events as an “absolute atrocity” and “massive escalation of the hatred directed at Australia’s Jewish community”.

NSW senator Dave Sharma, a former ambassador to Israel, labelled the attack an “appalling and grotesque act of violence seemingly directed at our Jewish community”.

Hero Bondi bystander undergoes surgery to remove bullets

Ahmed el Ahmed, the hero bystander who helped disarm one of the Bondi gunmen, is recovering in St George Hospital.

December 15, 2025 — 2.45pm

Ahmed Al Ahmed was caught on dramatic footage sneaking up on one of the terrorists and wrestling away his rifle. The shopkeeper engaged in a brief scuffle, ultimately overpowering the gunman and taking the weapon. As the attacker lay on the ground, Al Ahmed momentarily aimed the gun at him but chose not to fire. The gunman staggered away, and Al Ahmed calmly set the rifle against a tree. Moments later, he was injured when another gunman on a nearby bridge opened fire, wounding his hand and shoulder. The unarmed civilian, aided by a passer-by who hurled a rock at the fleeing attacker, is now recovering from surgery.

Aussies rush to give blood after horror of Bondi attacks

The New Daily
Dec 15, 2025, updated Dec 15, 2025

Australians have responded in huge numbers after the Australian Red Cross and NSW Premier Chris Minns issued an urgent plea for more blood donations following Sunday’s Bondi terror attack.

The toll from the shooting rose to 16, including a 10-year-old girl and a 40-year-old man, who both died in hospital on Monday.

One of the shooters, 50-year-old Sajid Akram was also killed. The other, his 24-year-old son Naveed Akram, is among the injured in hospital.

There are another 41 people in hospitals across Sydney, including eight in critical conditions.

On Monday – after it was revealed hospitals were operating at a trauma level – Minns urged people across NSW to give blood if they could.

“If you’re looking for something practical to do, you could give blood,” he said.

“We saw extraordinary scenes from NSW hospitals last night, emergency departments at the drop of a hat were in the process of saving scores of lives.

“They did an incredible job but they need your help. They need blood and if you’re thinking about doing an act of public service in the coming 24 hours, I urge you to contact the Red Cross and do that piece of public-mindedness, that piece of public spiritedness.”

Sydneysiders rushed to respond, with the wait to donate at Red Cross Lifeblood’s Town Hall centre leaping to two hours before lunchtime on Monday.

“We are taking as much as we can,” centre manager Edgar Parica told The Sydney Morning Herald.

Minns said later on Monday the “massive lines” and record level of inquiry were encouraging.

“Please be patient if you like to make that act of civic duty, but it’s warmly welcomed and it will go to a good cause,” he said.

Lifeblood’s website had also crashed.

Those outside NSW can also help. Lifeblood executive director of donor experience Cath Stone said it had issued “several life-threatening orders” after the shootings.

“Due to the additional blood needs in Sydney, Lifeblood is transferring blood products from multiple states to support the need in NSW,” she said.

Donors with type O blood are specifically needed.

‘Toughen these up’: PM flags law changes after Bondi

‘Toughen these up’: PM flags law changes after Bondi

Elsewhere, Prime Minister Anthony Albanese was to host an emergency meeting of national cabinet following the terror attacks.

It will follow a meeting of the national security committee, made up of Albanese, senior ministers and representatives from AFP and ASIO, on Monday afternoon.

“What we saw yesterday was an act of pure evil, an act of antisemitism, an act of terrorism on our shores in an iconic Australian location,” he said on Monday.

Albanese did not directly respond to criticisms from Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu who accused the government of “doing nothing to stop the spread of antisemitism in Australia”.

Special envoy against antisemitism Jillian Segal said the messaging and education about Jewish hatred and how it harmed the community has not been sufficient.

“Unfortunately, I have to say that I’ve been holding my breath, fearing that something like this would happen, because it hasn’t come without warning,” she told ABC radio.

Albanese said Monday was a moment for national unity, and vowed to stamp out antisemitism.

Labor MP Josh Burns, who is Jewish, said legislative responses were not the only means way to do that, and that there had been a legitimisation of targeting institutions and the community.

“This is something that, especially on the progressive side of politics, we need to confront head on,” he told the ABC.

Former Liberal treasurer Josh Frydenberg said the terror attack was a tragedy of unimaginable proportions and criticised Albanese’s “hollow words”.

“Who is going to be accountable for this? Who is going to take personal responsibility for this,” he told Sky News.

“It starts with our Prime Minister, and it goes down through his ministers and everybody of responsibility, who has failed in their public duty to protect our citizens.”

Foreign Minister Penny Wong spoke to her Israeli counterpart Gideon Sa’ar, who told her of Israel’s “pain and sorrow over the deadly anti-Semitic terrorist attack”.

Vigil in London pays tribute to Bondi attack victims

Mathilde Grandjean
Dec 15, 2025, updated Dec 15, 2025

Attendees at the vigil cheered for a "hero" who was filmed tackling a gunman.

Attendees at the vigil cheered for a “hero” who was filmed tackling a gunman. Photo: AAP

About 100 people have gathered at a vigil outside Australia House in London to pay tribute to the victims of a terrorist attack at Bondi Beach in Sydney.

At least 16 people, including a British-born rabbi, have died and 38 were injured when two terrorist gunmen targeted a Jewish celebration at Bondi on Sunday.

Yisroel Lew, a rabbi at Chabad of Bloomsbury and Marylebone, spoke at the gathering organised by Stop the Hate UK on Sunday night.

“Just a small amount of light, a small good deed, can drive away a long darkness and that has always been the Jewish response, that remains our response,” Lew said.

“After hearing what happened this morning, the first thought was: how can we get more light, how can we bring more light into the world, how can we have more Hanukkah events?

Anthony Albanese

Tonight and over the coming days, we are holding the Jewish community close.

For the 8 nights of Chanukah, Jewish families around the world fill their windows with light – something that has been passed down through generations.

Tonight, I am lighting a candle in solidarity with the Australian Jewish community.

Because when antisemitism and hate rears its ugly head, we don’t shy away.

We will confront the darkness with light. Together.

Penny Wong – Senator for SA’s post

The Prime Minister encouraged all Australians to light a candle tonight to honour those killed in the horrific terror attack at Bondi Beach.

Chanukah, which features the lighting of candles across eight nights is meant to be a festival of hope, resilience and light triumphing over darkness.

We stand together to reject terrorism, antisemitism and violence.

And we stand with the Jewish community as we mourn those lost and hope for those injured – including emergency services and community members who have shown us the best of Australia.

Candles in Canberra

Flag announcement: Bondi Beach Incident, 14 December 2025

At the request of the Prime Minister, the Hon Anthony Albanese MP, flags across Australia are to be flown at half-mast to honour the victims of the tragic events at Bondi Beach, Sydney, on 14 December 2025. 

As a mark of mourning and respect and in accordance with protocol, the Australian National Flag should be flown at half-mast on Monday, 15 December 2025 from all buildings and establishments occupied by Australian Government departments and affiliated agencies. Other organisations are welcome to participate…

Your assistance is appreciated.

Commonwealth Flag Officer

Annabel Crabb

Please please please let these be the images that define us today. A blood donation site groaning under immense traffic. A man putting himself in harm’s way for the sake of strangers. A surf life saver sprinting barefoot to the scene with supplies. There will be so many of these big and small moments, most of them unseen, unrecorded, the daily ephemera of human interactions that are not defined or inspired by symbols, secular hatreds, demagogues of one stripe or another. We shouldn’t look away from these things or the evils that unspool from organised hatred. Not for a second. But neither should we let them overwhelm the warmer, truer thing, which is disorganised, impulsive human decency. Because otherwise we’ll go mad.

Love, love, love to all who are suffering.

Rabbi Jeff Kamins and Bilal Rauf, advisor to the Australian National Imams Council, embraced at the vigil. (ABC News: Kris Flanders)

Vogue December 15, 2025

7 of Rob Reiner’s Greatest Films

By Anna Grace Lee and Emma Specter

Across the span of his decades-long career in Hollywood, Rob Reiner directed a host of beloved films—the kind you watch again and again, finding something new in them each time.

As a director, Reiner had immense creative range, from his feature directorial debut mockumentary This is Spinal Tap to the coming-of-age drama Stand By Me to the Oscar-nominated courtroom thriller A Few Good Men to the iconic romantic comedy When Harry Met Sally… and beyond. But what united his work was its deep humanity: a heartfelt humor and tenderness that coursed through each story regardless of genre.

As we mourn the tragic recent deaths of Reiner and Michele Singer Reiner, his wife of 36 years, we look back on some of the many culture-defining films from the Emmy-winning actor and director’s career.

This Is Spinal Tap (1984)

Reiner’s feature directorial debut, This is Spinal Tap, is a mockumentary comedy film that follows Spinal Tap, a once-great English heavy metal band, as they embark on a U.S. tour to promote their new album. Known for its spot-on satire of rock documentaries and iconic quotes, Reiner picked up the story again in 2025, with Spinal Tap II: The End Continues. – Anna Grace Lee

Stand By Me (1986)

Based on a Stephen King novella, Stand By Me stars Wil Wheaton, River Phoenix, Corey Feldman, and Jerry O’Connell as four friends who set out to find the body of a boy who was hit by a train. It captures the bittersweet in-between of being a kid, taking place on Labor Day weekend in 1959, as the boys are about to start junior high. As Gordie says, “I never had any friends later on like the ones I had when I was 12. Jesus, does anyone?” – A.G.L.

The Princess Bride (1987)

Full of endlessly quotable lines, The Princess Bride is a fairytale adventure comedy that follows Buttercup, one of the world’s most beautiful women, and her one true love, Wesley, as he must rescue her from a forced marriage to an evil prince. – A.G.L.

When Harry Met Sally (1989)

Written by Nora Ephron, When Harry Met Sally… is one of the best romantic comedies of all time. Harry and Sally are friends who meet on a cross-country drive from college at the University of Chicago to New York City, and later become something much more. Known for its iconic Katz’s Delicatessen scene (in which Reiner’s real-life mother, the actress Estelle Reiner, delivers the much-repeated line, “I’ll have what she’s having”), it’s simply a perfect film. It is also the genesis of another love story: that of Reiner and his wife, Michele. They met on the set of the film, and falling in love with her inspired Reiner to change the ending of the film so that Harry and Sally would end up together. – A.G.L.

Misery (1990)

It’s never easy to adapt a bestselling book into a film that captures what made the original so popular, but Reiner more than completed that assignment with his 1990 adaptation of Stephen King’s 1987 novel Misery. A screenplay by William Goldman and a star-making turn from Kathy Bates as sadistic stalker Annie Wilkes made this psychological horror film iconic, but none of it would have come together into such a chilling portrait of fandom gone wrong without Reiner’s subtle yet increasingly tension-laden direction. – Emma Specter

A Few Good Men (1992)

This legal drama is best known for being one of Aaron Sorkin’s earliest and most popular projects (indeed, the 1992 film was an adaptation of Sorkin’s 1989 play of the same name), but it also launched a partnership between Sorkin and Reiner that continued three years later when Reiner signed on to direct Sorkin’s political rom-com The American President. Upon rewatching A Few Good Men, it’s easy to see why the two men worked so well together; Sorkin’s dialogic pyrotechnics are offset by the genuine curiosity about human behavior and group dynamics that Reiner displayed behind the camera. – E.S.

Flipped (2010)

This late-aughts love story about two neighbors missing—and then finding—their moment for romance was yet another example of Reiner’s facility with the romantic-comedy genre. Although it didn’t receive the kind of universal acclaim that When Harry Met Sally did (to be fair, what film ever could?), Flipped saw a resurgence in popularity in recent years as viewers came to appreciate its naturalistic dialogue and credit it with cult-favorite status. – E.S.

Week beginning December 10 2025

Taran Armstrong Behind the Mirror Inside the World of Big Brother Sourcebooks (non-fiction) Sourcebooks, November 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Taran Armstrong’s densely detailed and analytical work lies as much in his perceptive approach as his attention to the format, the participants, their strategies, and their personalities. At first glance I was impressed with his knowledge of the workings of the Big Brother format and the way in which participants were able to strategize to achieve their aim of winning at best or at least forcing out those they did not want to win. However, to retain interest in a book with such a specialist approach and detailed account of episodes, strategies and personalities, requires more. Taran Armstrong grew up with Big Brother, and he links its process year after year, with changes of participants, producers’ interventions and audience and media reactions, to his own maturing and changing attitudes and situations. These links are sometimes poignant and at times comic, but always insightful. So, the world behind the mirror becomes a reflection of Armstrong and American societal changes, as well as the enclosed world of the Big Brother house.

I came to the book having watched, written about, * and listened to contemporaries, and observed the media and political fallout, along with the changes as Big Brother Australia adapted to falling ratings. At times, while reading about the amazing strategies adopted by those American participants determined to win, I wondered whether my observations of the Australian competitors with what seemed far less strategizing were naïve. However, although this might be the case, it is also possible that the different formats and levels of competitiveness in the American and Australian models also had an impact. The American model relied only participants’ voting throughout the process. In the Australian Big Brother house, participants voted for the people they would like nominated, and the three most nominated were then subjected to a public phone in vote. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

*’It’s Time to Go!’ ‘You’re Fired’: Australian Big Brother (2005) and Britain’s The Apprentice (2014) in Women, Law and Culture Conformity, Contradiction and Conflict, ed. Jocelynne A. Scutt, Plagrave Macmillan, 2016.

Jennifer O’Callaghan Rear Window The Making of a Hitchcock Masterpiece in the Hollywood Golden Age Kensington Publishing | Citadel, September 2025.

Thank you, NetGallery, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

This is an enticing read, with Rear Window providing the core around which a host of detailed and information about areas which usually would be only of secondary interest are woven. However, here so much becomes of direct interest because of the deft linking of fields of interest beyond matters directly related to the production of Rear Window. Naturally, there is a focus on the set. Its role in achieving Hitchcock’s aim, both artistically and foiling the intransigence of the Production Code Administration Office using the Hays Code guidelines, is intrinsic to the work. However, not only Grace Kelly and Jimmy Stewart’s roles, before and after Rear Window, are discussed. Detail about their personalities, aspirations, and activities before and after the film is revealed. Directly relevant to the film, is Kelly’s wardrobe – the costumes, what they signified, and what happened to them. And so too, is the significance of the costume designer, Edith Head. However, her professional status, past and after Rear Window is also explored. Speculation about Hitchcock’s treatment of women, particularly Tippi Hedren, and the impact of #Me Too is covered, along with Hitchcock’s relationships with other cast members and crew. In this book, Alfred Hitchcock and his directorial ability, the actors and the script is foremost. However, by the time the book is finished the analysis of Rear Window has served to provide exceptional insight into the world in which the film was made, its past and the future. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Rear Window, Alfred Hitchcock
Why Hitchcock’s ‘Rear Window’ Mirrors Today’s Social Media Age

In its exploration of themes like paranoia, voyeurism, and loneliness, Hitchcock’s Rear Window strikes a familiar chord with the social media climate we live in today.

By Jennifer O’Callaghan/ 28 November 2022

Rear Window Alfred Hitchcock Paramount 1 September 1954

Throughout Alfred Hitchcock’s lengthy career, the 1950s were undoubtedly his most glamorous era in filmmaking. With Hollywood’s biggest stars in Technicolor and carefully crafted sequences that would have film scholars talking for decades, Hitchcock entered a new peak in visual storytelling. Rear Window, now approaching the 70th anniversary of its production, is a standout film of that decade with a storyline that still holds relevance in the 21st century. Using the camera as narrator, Rear Window carefully weaves a terrifying thriller through a multi-layered love story. Released in 1954, Rear Window is widely regarded as one of the most accessible and modern of Hitchcock’s 53 films.

These days, Hitchcock’s legacy hardly requires an introduction, but in the early ’50s, he was an outside-of-the-box filmmaker beginning to revolutionize sound and frame editing by putting himself in the audience’s place. Rear Window was released during a trying time to a post-World War II public when fears of Communism and nuclear war generated anxiety in America. Gender stereotypes were tightly intact, and it would be over a decade before the women’s liberation movement shook up the patriarchy. Yet, when re-analyzing Rear Window in our times, it still feels as fresh as the day it was made. The paranoia and isolation experienced by the central character reflect those feelings of loneliness and mistrust in current society.  Distortions of social media further mirror Rear Window’s themes, which remain universal in America.

Another reason Rear Window retains its relevance is partially due to the imperfection and relatability of its main character. J.B. Jefferies, known to his friends as Jeff (played by the reliably affable Jimmy Stewart, who even gives this curmudgeon appeal), is a flawed anti-hero. As a combat photographer who’d always been on the go, he’s now confined to a wheelchair after breaking his leg. (In an early scene, he explains the cast on his left leg is a result of getting too close for comfort with his camera at an auto race.) Jeff spends his days of recovering, staring aimlessly through the back window of his Greenwich Village apartment into the courtyard below—and into the windows of his neighbors.

Rear Window Official Trailer #1 - James Stewart, Grace Kelly Movie (1954) HD

Enter Lisa Fremont (Grace Kelly), a glamourous career girl of Madison Avenue who’s mad about Jeff. Though deeply frustrated at his lack of commitment, she doesn’t back down easily, even if it means going out on a limb to show him her dangerous side. Jeff also receives daily visits from Stella (played by the spunky Thelma Ritter), his nurse who serves as the voice of reason. She does her best to convince him he’s making a mistake by casting Lisa aside. Flabbergasted at the thought of Jeff ending things with her because she’s “too perfect”, Stella sighs, “I can hear you now: “Get out of my life, you wonderful woman. You’re too good for me.”

 Jeff, who seems too wrapped up in himself to take Lisa seriously, spends the entirety of Rear Window observing different walks of life through a camera lens at his back window, the same point of view that Hitchcock cleverly limits the audience. Bored to tears, he spies on neighbors, inventing stories about their lives. The curiosities in this intimate setting fulfill Jeff’s overactive imagination. The audience becomes one with him as he leaps from one conclusion to another about the narrow view he has of people he doesn’t know. His act of observing others from a secure, unseen distance isn’t unlike our online world today. See Further Commentary and Articles arising from Books* and continued longer articles as noted in the blog. for the complete article.

DreamBig/Shutterstock, The Conversation

‘Don’t tell me!’ Why some people love spoilers – and others will run a mile

Published: July 18, 2025 6.10am AEST

Author Anjum Naweed Professor of Human Factors, CQUniversity Australia

Disclosure statement

Anjum Naweed does not work for, consult, own shares in or receive funding from any company or organisation that would benefit from this article, and has disclosed no relevant affiliations beyond their academic appointment.

Partners

CQUniversity Australia provides funding as a member of The Conversation AU.

View all partners

Republished under CC BY ND

This article contains spoilers!

I once leapt out of a train carriage because two strangers were loudly discussing the ending of the last Harry Potter book. Okay – I didn’t leap, but I did plug my ears and flee to another carriage.

Recently, I found myself in a similar predicament, trapped on a bus, entirely at the mercy of two passengers dissecting the Severance season two finale.

But not everyone shares my spoiler anxiety. I have friends who flip to the last page of a book before they’ve read the first one, or who look up the ending before hitting play. According to them, they simply need to know.

So why do some of us crave surprise and suspense, while others find comfort in instant resolution?

What’s in a spoiler?

Spoilers have become a cultural flashpoint in the age of streaming, social media and shared fandoms.

Researchers define “spoiler” as undesired information about how a narrative’s arc will conclude. I often hear “spoilers!” interjected mid-sentence, a desperate protest to protect narrative ignorance.

Hitchcock’s twist-heavy Psycho elevated spoiler sensitivity. Its release came with an anti-spoilers policy including strict viewing times, lobby warnings recorded by the auteur himself, and even real policemen urging “total enjoyment”. A bold ad campaign implored audiences against “cheating yourselves”.

The twists were fiercely protected.

Even the Star Wars cast didn’t know Darth Vader’s paternity twist until premiere night. Avenger’s Endgame filmed multiple endings and used fake scripting to mislead its stars. And Andrew Garfield flat-out lied about his return to Spider-Man: No Way Home – a performance worthy of an Oscar – all for the sake of fan surprise and enjoyment.

But do spoilers actually ruin the fun, or just shift how we experience it?

The satisfaction of a good ending

In 2014, a Dutch study found that viewers of unspoiled stories experienced greater emotional arousal and enjoyment. Spoilers may complete our “mental models” of the plot, making us less driven to engage, process events, or savour the unfolding story.

But we are also likely to overestimate the negative effect of a spoiler on our enjoyment. In 2016, a series of studies involving short stories, mystery fiction and films found that spoiled participants still reported high levels of enjoyment – because once we’re immersed, emotional connection tends to eclipse what we already know.

But suspense and enjoyment are complex bedfellows.

American media psychology trailblazer Dolf Zillmann said that suspense builds tension and excitement, but we only enjoy that tension once the ending lands well.

The thrill isn’t fun while we’re hanging in uncertainty – it’s the satisfying resolution that retroactively makes it feel good.

That could be why we scramble for an “ending explained” when a film or show drops the ball on closure. We’re trying to resolve uncertainty and settle our emotions.

Spoilers can also take the pressure off. A 2009 study of Lost fans found those who looked up how an episode would end actually enjoyed it more. The researchers found it reduced cognitive pressure, and gave them more room to reflect and soak in the story.

Spoilers put the audience back in the driver’s seat – even if filmmakers would rather keep hold of the wheel. People may seek spoilers out of curiosity or impatience, but sometimes it’s a quiet rebellion: a way to push back against the control creators hold over when and how things unfold.

That’s why spoilers are fertile ground for power dynamics. Ethicists even liken being spoiled to kind of moral trespass: how dare someone else make that decision for me?!

But whether you avoid spoilers or seek them out, the motive is often the same: a need to feel in control.

Shaping your emotions

Spoiler avoiders crave affect: they want emotional transportation.

When suspense is part of the pleasure, control means choosing when and how that knowledge lands. There’s a mental challenge to be had in riding the story as it unfolds, and a joy in seeing it click into place.

That’s why people get protective, and even chatter about long-aired shows can spark outrage. It’s an attempt to police the commentary and preserve the experience for those still waiting to be transported.

Spoiler seekers want control too, just a different kind. They’re not avoiding emotion, they’re just managing it. A spoiler affords control over our negative emotions, but also softens the blow, and inoculates us against anxiety.

Psychologists dub this a “non-cognitive desensitisation strategy” to manage surprise, a kind of “emotional spoiler shield” to protect our attachments to shows and characters, and remind us that TV, film and book narratives are not real when storylines hit close to home.

Knowing what happens turns into a subtle form of self-regulation.

So, what did I do when Severance spoilers floated by? Did I get off the bus? Nope, I stayed put and faced the beast. As I tried to make sense of the unfamiliar plot points (The macrodata means what? Mark stays where?), I found the unexpected chance to dive deeper.

Maybe surprise is not the sum of what makes something entertaining and worth engaging with. Spoiler alert! It’s good to have an end to journey towards, but it’s the journey that matters, in the end.

Cindy Lou breakfasts at Via Dolce

Via Dolce is a pleasant cafe in Civic with indoor and outside seating. The range of pastries and ice-creams is magnificent. However, the breakfast menu is also extensive, offering a splendid variety of dishes. Corn fritters with an addition of poached eggs made a huge breakfast, as did the haloumi and poached eggs. The addition of a generous salad is a nice touch. The elegant mugs are generous and the coffee good. Although the service was rather slow on this morning, the sunny outdoor setting with lovely trees made the wait easy.

Birthday celebration at Courgette

A table next to the window is always a bonus.

Courgette has a new menu and combination of meals available in its two-course menu. The latter is an excellent innovation, as the desserts are charged for separately, and the two courses comprise an entree and a main meal. I began with four oysters – served with lemon and a vinaigrette. The warm bread rolls and ash butter cannot be resisted. I ordered two entrees and resisted the offer to have one served as a main in size – thank goodness as, delightful as both were, they were more than adequate. Our choices were:

John dory & Prawns Ballotine, Avocado and Mandrin olive Oil,
Tomato Salsa, Dijon Mustard and Crispy Shallot Basil; Char Siu- Muscovy Duck Breast, Spring Leek & Potato Puree Beetroot Gel, Chilli Peanuts and Cucumber Salad and Sundried Tomato & Bocconcini Crispy Batter Courgette Blossom Baba Ghanoush, Pea Snow, Purple Heirloom and Micro Basil. The one main course was Grass-fed Black Angus Beef FilletMB-4, Spring Pea Puree, Candy Orange Carrot and Bush Pepper Sauce.

The Conversation

Twenty Books that Got Experts through their Twenties

When our arts desk asked 20 experts to list the books that got them through their 20s, I doubt they expected one of them to come back with Heart of Darkness. A mesmerising work of genius, sure, but a companion to surviving early adulthood? When I read the explanation as to why this book made it on to the list, however, I was immediately convinced.I think that’s why this two-part series – the second of which we published this week – has proven so popular. It’s an unexpected reading list for an uncertain period in anyone’s life. Madame Bovary isn’t a character you would want to emulate in your 20s but her story has a lot to teach us, so it made the cut. In fact, there’s arguably something to offer readers of any age in the lineup and certainly inspiration for Christmas pressies for the young people in your life.

Laura hood Senior Politics Editor, Assistant Editor

Your 20s can be an intense decade. In the words of Taylor Swift, those years are “happy, free, confused and lonely at the same time”. Many of us turn to literature to guide us through the highs and the lows of this formative time. We asked 20 of our academic experts to recommend the book that steered them through those ten years. 

The complete article appears at Further Commentary and Articles arising from Books* and continued longer articles as noted in the blog. However, the list of books dealt with in more detail there, appears below.

Part 1- Butterfly Burning by Yvonne Vera (1998); The Remains of the Day by Kazuo Ishiguro (1989); The History Man by Malcolm Bradbury (1975); Palestine by Joe Sacco (1993); Lost Illusions by Honoré de Balzac (1843); Hotel Du Lac by Anita Brookner (1984); Never Far From Nowhere by Andrea Levy (1996); The Long Goodbye by Raymond Chandler (1953); The City by Valerian Pidmohylnyi (1928); The Mezzanine by Nicholson Baker (1988).

Part 2- A Manor House Tale by Selma Lagerlöf (1899); To the Lighthouse by Virginia Woolf (1927);The Best of Everything by Rona Jaffe (1958); Candide by Voltaire (1759); The Sparrow by Mary Doria Russell (1996); The Song of Achilles by Madeline Miller (2011); The God of Small Things by Arundhati Roy (1997); Heart of Darkness by Joseph Conrad (1899); Mrs Dalloway by Virginia Woolf (1925); Madame Bovary by Gustave Flaubert (1856).



American Politics

The Supreme Court handed Republicans a shiny new map, but Texans aren’t dumb; misery, inflation, and desperation don’t vote red; they vote for whoever fixes their lives.

Michael Cohen and MeidasTouch Network Dec 5

Guest article by Michael Cohen. Michael Cohen can be followed on Substack for more by clicking here.

Let me save everyone a little time and a lot of aspirin: the Supreme Court screwed up. Again. And not in the subtle, legal-nerd, “well actually…” way that lets the conservative justices preen while pretending they are the intellectual heirs of Madison. No, this was the full-blown, ham-fisted political hack job we have come to expect from a Court that now treats the Constitution like it is a suggestion box at a Mar-a-Lago brunch buffet.

This time, the Justices blessed Texas’ brand-new, carefully engineered congressional map, a map designed with all the precision and moral clarity of a drunk surgeon, to ensure Republicans squeeze out up to five more House seats. Five. Not because voters demanded it. Not because demographic shifts required it. But because Greg Abbott, Ken Paxton, and the entire Trump political machine ordered it. And the Court, like obedient little foot soldiers in judicial robes, saluted.

Texas walked in with an emergency application, whispered “midterms,” “partisan advantage,” and “Biden bad,” and the Supreme Court practically sprinted to their pens. They did not just greenlight gerrymandering. They handed Texas the keys to the bulldozer and said, “Go wild.”

But here is the giant, screaming, flashing-red mistake the Court and the GOP made; the one even their clerks probably recognized as they typed this fiasco:

They ignored the actual suffering of Americans. Including Texans.
And voters are not nearly as stupid as Republicans think they are.

Because while Abbott, Paxton, and Trump world are out here popping champagne, Texans are trying to figure out how to afford groceries without auctioning off a kidney. According to the newest Politico poll — and polls rarely deliver clarity this sharp — the top issues in America are not “owning the Libs,” “men in women’s sports,” or “swearing mass deportations will lower rent like immigrants were secretly your landlord.”

No. The issues crushing Americans right now are cost of living, the economy, taxes, healthcare, and democracy itself.

And guess who is underwater on every single one of them.
The very administration celebrating this map like it is the Sistine Chapel of partisan manipulation.

Here is where Republicans truly demonstrate their genius-level stupidity:
They think a rigged map can override lived reality.

You can gerrymander a district.
You can gerrymander a state.

But you cannot gerrymander your way out of a hungry child, an empty bank account, a medical bill that hits like a monthly hate crime, or a voter who has had enough.

No Texan gives a damn about Abbott’s beautifully sculpted partisan crescents when they are paying twenty dollars for coffee and eight hundred for utilities. You can shift minority voters like chess pieces, but you cannot distract them from inflation that strangles. You can carve districts that look like Rorschach tests on acid, but you cannot carve out the creeping dread people feel about the future.

And here is what Republicans missed, spectacularly:

Texans are not going to vote Republican simply because Republicans drew them into a Republican-shaped district.
They are going to vote for whoever convinces them they can fix this mess and make their lives better.

Let us talk about the decision itself. The lower court found “substantial evidence,” which is judge-speak for “holy shit, this is obvious,” that Texas purposely reconfigured districts based on race. The Trump administration even sent a letter telling Texas to eliminate “coalition districts,” where nonwhite voters together form a majority. They practically signed the racial motive with a Sharpie.

But magically — magically — the Supreme Court concluded it was not racial gerrymandering, just regular old partisan gerrymandering. The kind the Court fully legalized in 2019 when it declared political map rigging perfectly fine so long as you are not openly racist about it.

Justice Alito, in his usual condescending “let me explain democracy to you peasants” tone, chastised challengers for not producing their own alternative map. Meanwhile, Justice Kagan, one of the last adults in the room, said the Court disrespected the lower court and “the millions of Texans” shoved into racially targeted districts. And she is right. It is not just disrespect. It is contempt. Judicial cowardice dressed up as constitutional deference.

Ken Paxton called the new map a “massive win.” My man, the only thing massive here is the delusion. Texans are not dancing in the streets over this map while they are drowning in inflation, unaffordable healthcare, stagnant wages, and the sense that everything is somehow getting worse.

And here is the punchline Republicans refuse to acknowledge:

Gerrymandering can win you an election.
It cannot make voters forget their own misery.

It cannot make groceries affordable.
It cannot bring back jobs.
It cannot fix a collapsing healthcare system.
It cannot stop a democracy from feeling like it is being run by a committee of arsonists.

Sure, the Supreme Court handed Republicans a map.
But voters are holding the scorecard.

Texans know exactly what is going on. They see the manipulation. They feel the pain. They know their lives are not getting better under this administration, and no district lines can convince them otherwise.

Republicans got their districts.
But whether they get the votes, that is up to the people living in the wreckage.

And Texans, like Americans everywhere, are done voting based on party branding.
They are voting based on survival.

The Supreme Court gave Republicans a victory today.
But reality is coming.

And you cannot redraw your way out of that.

Australian Politics

Australian Labor Party

Social media can cause real harm to our kids, exposing them to risks and pressures they’re just not ready for.

Labor wants every child to get the best start in life, and that means supporting parents to keep them safe online. That’s why we’re taking bold action, banning social media accounts for under-16s from December 10.

It will mean more time for kids to learn, grow, and just be kids – without algorithms getting in the way.

Australia’s social media ban for under-16s starts today. Here is what you should know

By political reporter Samantha Dick

Under-16s ban explained: Presenter Ruby Cornish in the ABC News studio, beside a display of various social media apps
Australia’s teen social media ban is here — what happens now?

Australia’s social media ban for people aged under 16 has officially started, marking a world-first push to protect children from phone addiction and online harms. 

From now on, a group of social media platforms will face penalties of up to $50 million if they do not take “reasonable steps” to prevent children and teenagers aged under 16 from holding a social media account.

Australia’s age-restricted social media apps:

  • Facebook
  • Instagram
  • Threads
  • Kick
  • Reddit
  • Snapchat
  • TikTok
  • Twitch
  • X (formerly Twitter)
  • YouTube

In a video address, Prime Minister Anthony Albanese encouraged kids to “make the most of school holidays coming up, rather than spending it scrolling on your phone”. 

“Start a new sport, learn a new instrument or read that book that’s been sitting there on your shelf for some time,” he said. 

“Importantly, spend quality time with your friends and your family, face to face.”

Prime Minister Anthony Albanese seated in his office.
Prime Minister Anthony Albanese addresses students about the social media ban.

The government’s list of age-restricted apps will almost certainly grow in the coming weeks. 

Australia’s online safety watchdog is keeping an eye out for other platforms that fit the criteria, and tech companies are required to constantly monitor if they are likely to be captured by the restrictions at any time. 

Already, social media apps Lemon8 and Yope have been put on notice after experiencing a surge in popularity as young people have looked for alternative platforms.  

And while the ban technically starts today, the government has admitted it won’t be perfect. 

Bipartisan support for the ban is also appearing shaky. 

Opposition Leader Sussan Ley has increasingly cast doubt over the rollout, declaring she has “no confidence” the ban will work under Labor.

Why are platforms being age-restricted?

Australian children under 16 are now banned from 10 popular social media platforms. The world-first ban aims to protect young people from the harms of social media use. Platforms are required to take reasonable steps to stop kids from having accounts on their platforms.

How will it work?

Accounts of people suspected of being under 16 will be closed unless they can pass an age verification check. Users who want to stay on the age-restricted platforms can be asked to undergo facial recognition scans or provide government-issued identification such as a driver’s licence. There have been concerns the technology designed to restrict access can be fooled.

What’s banned?

Not all platforms are completely banned

Children under 16 should be removed from 10 platforms — but other platforms will allow kids under 16 with some restrictions and some will continue as normal. The government could add more apps in the future. Swipe to find out what’s covered by the ban.

Banned

TikTok

It’s a place to create, share and discover short videos and is owned by Chinese tech company ByteDance. While TikTok has its own minimum age of 13, the regulator has found it has been one of the most popular platforms for users aged between eight and 12.  

Banned

Instagram

Prior to December, Instagram had more than a million monthly active users aged 13–17, according to the eSafety Commission. Users can share images and videos and send direct messages. The platform has teen accounts with some limits already but is still banned completely for under-16s. Threads is a microblogging platform similar to X. Users need an Instagram account to access Threads so it is also banned.  

Banned

Snapchat

This was among the most popular apps for young people, with more than a million of its 8.3 million Australian users aged 17 or under before the ban. Snapchat is a messaging app that allows users to send images, videos and texts that are only available for a short period once they’re opened. Users can also choose to share their location with friends on Snap Map.

Banned

YouTube

YouTube logo

It had more than 643,000 users aged 17 and under prior to December. The regulator found it was the top platform for users aged between eight and 12. YouTube is only blocking kids from using its platform with an account. So under-16s can still watch videos if they’re not logged in. As for YouTube Kids…

Allowed

YouTube Kids

YouTube Kids logo

This is a filtered version of YouTube’s main platform that allows parents to create accounts for children under 12. Google, which owns YouTube, says YouTube Kids will not be affected by the new rules.  

Banned

Facebook

It’s the platform even your mum is on to share photos and videos and join groups. Facebook had an estimated 455,000 Australian users aged between 13 and 17 before December 4. While its main platform is banned, Facebook Messenger and Messenger Kids apps remain available to under-16s.  

Banned

X (Formerly Twitter)

X logo

This is not among the most popular apps for young people. Users post short-form commentary and it was once a place for online discussion but the eSafety Commission has concerns about the prevalence of “online hate” on the platform.

Banned

Twitch

Twitch logo

Streaming platform Twitch was added to the list of banned apps after the eSafety Commission found it had the sole or significant purpose of online social interaction. Twitch is mainly used by gaming and eSport players to broadcast their gameplay with audio commentary, but it’s also used to share and broadcast music, live sports and food programs.

Banned

Reddit

Reddit is the seventh-most-visited site in the world. The platform offers users a message board service organised into topics also known as sub-Reddits.

Banned

Kick

Kick is an Australian competitor to video live streaming platform Twitch, where users can watch live video steams covering games, music and gambling.

Allowed

GitHub

This platform allows multiple software developers to work on projects simultaneously. It has an open-source version control system that tracks every change to a project’s files.

Allowed

LEGO Play

This platform was designed for kids to design and build in 3D and create stop-motion animation. Users can also design personal avatars and play games.

Allowed

Roblox

This online universe housing millions of user-generated games has about 50 million children globally on it each day. Aussie kids who use the platform spend over two hours a day on it on average, according to a 2024 study.

Allowed

Discord

Users can join or create servers to communicate with others via text, voice and video. It was originally designed for gamers but is used more widely now.

Allowed

Steam & Steam Chat

Steam is a digital game distribution platform for PC games while Steam Chat is the integrated messaging service within the platform that allows users to communicate with friends.

Allowed

Google Classroom

This is the one platform kids were probably hoping to have banned. This platform is used in many Australian schools to distribute lessons and assignments to students and allows students to complete and submit their schoolwork.

Allowed

Lemon8 & Yope

…for now. The eSafety Commission has asked both platforms to self-assess, which means they are likely to be captured under the ban. Both apps have become increasingly popular as the ban has drawn closer. Lemon8 is owned by ByteDance — the same company that owns TikTok. It has been described as a lifestyle-focused app with content on fashion, beauty, food and travel. Yope is a photo-sharing app.

Some underage users have previously vowed to find a way around the ban, and the law only says platforms must take “reasonable steps” to prevent them from having accounts. 

Read more about the social media ban:

How a social media app determines a user’s age will vary from platform to platform. 

In many cases, a platform can reasonably infer someone’s age by looking at how long an account has existed and by examining their posts and personal networks. 

One way is to request a government-issued ID, such as a drivers licence, though platforms are prohibited from compelling users to provide ID and must offer an alternative. 

Another option is to use artificial intelligence to guess someone’s age based on their appearance.

Underage users might be able to reactivate their accounts once they turn 16, but that is not guaranteed, and it all depends on the platform. 

Kelsey Van der Woude scrolls on her phone. She's wearing pink and black striped fingerless gloves.
Social media apps must determine if a user is too young to have an account.  (ABC Riverland: Shannon Pearce)

Every platform is using a different approach, and it is likely some teenagers will slip through the cracks.

Besides, people under 16 will still be able to see publicly available social media content that does not require a login. 

In other words, it will not be flawless.

But the Australian government insists it is worth trying anyway if it means protecting children from endless “doomscrolling” and other harms such as cyberbullying and grooming. Teens who support the social media ban

A teenage boy wearing a black t-shirt smiles. He sits at a table and has his hand over black and green dice.

Patrick, 15, does not use social media and hopes he never does. Nick, 15, had a flip phone for the first few years of high school. Here is why they support the social media ban.

Though the move is popular with many parents, some kids in regional towns say the ban will worsen isolation — particularly for LGBTQIA+ teens, who have found acceptance and support among online communities.

Two teenagers have taken their fight against the ban all the way to the High Court. 

The 15-year-olds are backed by the Digital Freedom Project, which claims the laws restrict the implied right to freedom of political communication.

The group initially announced in November that it was trying to stall the laws. However, the court will hear a special case next year instead. 

Other young people have welcomed the ban, saying they resent the way tech companies keep them hooked by using their data to develop addictive algorithms.

Australia’s social media ban marks the first time a nation has attempted to take on the big tech giants — and the world is watching closely to see how it unfolds. 

The European Union is now considering similar bans, as well as proposals for a late-night “curfew”, an age-verification app, and limits on addictive features such as infinite scrolling and excessive push notifications. 

Malaysia is set to join the list of countries restricting access to social media, with its own ban for under-16s coming into effect on January 1. 

Inside Story

The Dismissal from below

Fifty years later, what impact has the Dismissal had on Australian democracy?

Frank Bongiorno (with James Watson) 28 November 2025 5374 words

Gathering storm: senator John Wheeldon, prime minister Gough Whitlam and Clyde Holding MP watch as Bob Hawke addresses a 20 October protest in Melbourne’s City Square during the supply crisis. Sydney Morning Herald 

In November 1975 the Dismissal seemed the biggest of big deals in Australian political history. For years after, you could still, without great difficulty, find the “rage” Gough Whitlam had asked his supporters to maintain during the 1975 election campaign.

The passionate ones survive today, but in dwindling numbers. Few who rallied for and against Whitlam and Malcolm Fraser in November 1975 could have foreseen that before the end of the century those two men — political giants and fierce enemies in the 1970s — would collaborate in support of a republic, among various causes, and even appear together at public events, as they did at Kevin Rudd’s apology to the stolen generations in 2008. But the Dismissal itself faded into a distant, blurry history — passing, as even dramatic events must, from current affairs to living history to collective memory.

The egyptologist Jan Assmann’s distinction between two types of “collective memory” — “communicative” and “cultural” — might be helpful in understanding how to think about where the Dismissal now sits in Australian life. Communicative memory is the product of everyday interactions that lead to “numerous collective self-images and memories” and is distinguished by “its limited temporal horizon.” This variety of memory might last three or four generations: say, eighty to one hundred years. “Cultural memory,” by way of contrast, is characterised by its “distance from the everyday,” as well as its role in constituting a social group’s identity. It might be seen as shading into “legend” or even “myth.”

The fiftieth anniversary of the Dismissal suggests that the event, as well as the brief, turbulent history of the Whitlam government itself, still lives within communicative memory. People will tell you where they were when it happened. They will tell you how they felt. They might tell you what the Whitlam government meant to them, and what its Dismissal signified and signifies. Such memories are held, and communicated, in and beyond families and other small groups, even allowing for Australians’ reputed reluctance to tie their identity to political history or civic life.

But I would also like to suggest that the Dismissal is moving towards what Assmann calls cultural memory, with its greater abstractions. It will continue to play a role in telling us something about who we are: but as an event capable of shaping everyday action and understanding, as a truly lived history, it is fast fading.

One test of this is how we talk about our democracy. There is now an entrenched discourse that celebrates the robustness of Australian democracy: it is there in the ABC program, Civic Duty, hosted by Annabel Crabb. It is there, too, in the use of the term “democracy sausage,” which began not much more than a decade ago and seeks to connect the Australian way of life, represented by the pleasures of the barbecue, with to the act of voting, represented as the epitome of democratic fairness.

This discourse equates democracy with voting. It ignores trade union and social movement activism. It hides the decidedly undemocratic way political parties so often operate, including the large donations they receive from vested interests that won’t be revealed until well after election day, if at all. It tells us nothing about the actual exercise of political power, the quiet lobbying and buying of access, the marginalisation and exclusion of voices politicians don’t wish to hear, the oppressions experienced by those without wealth, status, connections and power. It has nothing to say about social and economic inequality.

It also has nothing to say about the Dismissal. That would surprise the generations of 1975, those enjoined to “maintain your rage and enthusiasm” — and perhaps even those who loathed the Whitlam government and were glad to see the back of it. The nation left the Dismissal behind, tucked away in the back of the wardrobe along with safari suits, flared trousers, wide collars and other unfashionable legacies of the 1970s — to be retrieved, perhaps, for the occasional 1970s party.

Each anniversary of the Dismissal was still dutifully noticed in the media, but the idea that the events of November 1975 might carry deeper meaning for one’s judgements about the quality of Australian democracy seemed to be less in evidence as the years passed. New books came out, along with the occasional media documentary. New discoveries about the inner workings of the Dismissal were made possible by historian and Whitlam biographer Jenny Hocking’s long legal fight for the release of the Palace Letters, the correspondence between governor-general Sir John Kerr and the Queen’s private secretary, Sir Martin Charteris. But the task of demonstrating the contemporary relevance of the Dismissal had become tough.

This disconnect could not easily have been imagined in November and December 1975. The generations of 1975 fought for a version of Australian democracy they believed to be under threat. They believed that vested interests had mobilised, the media had played dirty, a chief justice had betrayed his claim to neutrality, opposition parties had thrown aside propriety, and a representative of the Queen, a “colonial relic” who should confine himself to opening the occasional fete, had sacked a democratically elected government using powers most considered had fallen into disuse.

Part of the process of submerging the Dismissal was to normalise it. The Coalition parties worked that way in 1975: they framed their actions, and Kerr’s, as a working out of the democratic system, the constitution displaying its capacity to resolve a crisis. As we saw in some fiftieth-anniversary public statements by Liberal politicians, including shadow education minister Julian Leeser, and right-wing media commentators, this remains integral to their defence of the Dismissal: that it was legal, proper and, even if hardly a common event, nonetheless a normal and acceptable process.

The work I’ve been doing with James Watson, thanks to support from the Whitlam Institute, tells another story, although not via the usual means of closer study of the elite actors — Whitlam, Kerr, Fraser and chief justice Garfield Barwick — or their principal actions. Rather, we turned to social and political movements, and the engagements of citizens and activists.

There is one sense in which their responses to the Dismissal were indeed “normal”: we are seeking to recover the Dismissal less as a unique constitutional event than as an emblematic and supremely important example of the wider popular politics of that time. It was an era of social protest, political mobilisation and industrial militancy.

We need to recover the history of the Dismissal as part of a more expansive sense of the possibilities of democratic citizenship in the 1970s, and on a less happy note, to see in the course of the protest movement of 1975–77 a harbinger of the disarming of much of this radical hope in the later 1970s, 1980s and beyond.

A gathering crisis

When the Coalition deferred supply on 16 October, it broke a convention of parliamentary politics that many Australians felt was central to the health of their democracy. Few Australians would have believed that a government with a democratically elected majority in the lower house should be blocked by the Senate from governing, despite there being some recent precedents, at least at state level.

The Cain Labor government in Victoria had lost office in 1947 when supply was blocked in the upper house but then forced its way back into government in 1952 by denying supply to the Country Party. Similarly, the Tasmanian Legislative Council had forced an election in 1948 by refusing supply to Robert Cosgrove’s Labor government. And in 1970 Whitlam himself had defended voting against a budget in both the House of Representatives and the Senate in an effort to “destroy the government” (a quote that was often used against him by Kerr and his supporters after 1975). But it is one thing to talk in such terms in the heat of parliamentary debate and in the absence of a Senate majority, and another to actually do it.

In response to Fraser’s denial of supply, Australia’s unions organised large-scale protests. The massive, powerful and militant Amalgamated Metal Workers’ Union held “spontaneous strikes.” Sydney members of the Waterside Workers’ Federation announced a twenty-four-hour stoppage for Friday; 1000 of them marched from the union rooms to the rally addressed by Whitlam and the ACTU’s Bob Hawke, the Labor Party president, in Hyde Park.

Outside Parliament House in Canberra on the Thursday, while the budget bills were being considered by the Senate, Hawke told a crowd of 2500 that if the opposition refused to grant supply, “the Australian trade union movement may very well think about withholding supplies from them.” Was that a threat of a general strike? Probably not, given the meeting had considered and then rejected a motion for such action. Still, the National Country Party leader Doug Anthony accused Hawke of “incitement to lawlessness.”

The role of the perceived potential for social disorder in the events leading up to the Dismissal has been underestimated by historians. At the beginning of October, with the plan to block supply on the opposition’s informal agenda but not yet a reality, Liberal Movement senator Steele Hall publicly warned Fraser he would fail to build a “popular base” for his leadership if the community “contained the bitter and growing discontent of Labor supporters who believed the ballot box had lost its democratic function.” Kerr himself, writing shortly after the first rallies and strikes following the blocking of supply in mid-October, told the Queen’s private secretary: “As the money runs out many problems will arise and the reaction of the trade unions has to be considered. There are threats of protest strikes and industrial ‘war’.”

Ian Macphee, a leading Victorian Liberal moderate, wrote a couple of weeks later along similar lines: if the Coalition won an election “stemming from the present crisis we will have the outright hostility of nearly 50 per cent of the electorate.” He worried especially over the unions, which “would feel justified in destroying our government as they believe the Senate destroyed their government.” The confrontation involved, he said, was “frightening to contemplate.” The Labor senator John Wheeldon told the Senate during the budget debate on 16 October:

This government has been trying to maintain the economy of this country on an even keel, by advocating wage indexation and by restraint in public expenditure. If we are removed, will opposition members be able to convince the Amalgamated Metal Workers Union or the Miners Federation to restrain their wage demands? Why should the Amalgamated Metal Workers Union or the Miners Federation restrain their wage demands if they know that they are living in a society in which anything goes.

Fear of violence and disorder was real, even while the rallies and protests held in the immediate wake of the blocking of supply were mainly orderly and peaceful. But at a Liberal rally at Brisbane’s Festival Hall on 31 October, Liberal MP John Hughes was punched in the stomach and on the nose after he tried to snatch a placard from Labor supporters. A picture of his bloodied face appeared on the front page of the Courier Mail the next day. The ugly confrontation, although isolated and minor, exposed the danger of peaceful protest degenerating into physical violence amid an increasingly passionate politics.

The Dismissal and its aftermath

Many Australians would later remember where they were when they first heard about the Dismissal, usually reporting a sense of shock or disbelief. Some simply couldn’t believe what others told them or had heard over the radio. When the news did sink in, some were relieved and others angered, but anyone with even a basic appreciation of the country’s political culture understood they were witnessing something unusual and momentous. A young journalist, Niki Savva, described the scenes in Canberra that followed Fraser’s parliamentary announcement as “memorable, awesome and frightening.”

Demonstrators began assembling outside Parliament House — a few thousand by late afternoon — with smaller numbers going to Government House at Yarralumla where they lowered the flag to half-mast. The Canberra protests were peaceful overall, although demonstrators yelled “Sieg Heil” at Coalition politicians and invited those watching from the upper balcony of Parliament House to jump. When Fraser walked down the building’s famous steps to visit Government House for the second time that day, some protesters tried to punch him. Angry crowds also surged around his car on his return.

Good humour infused the remarkable appearance of comedian Garry McDonald, in character as Norman Gunston, who had flown from Sydney to join in the excitement. His appearance outside Parliament House delighted the crowd, to whom he made a well-received and rousing speech asking if the Dismissal was an “affront to the constitution of this country” or “just a stroke of good luck for Mr Frazier” (possibly confusing the new prime minister with the famous boxer). That people — even a leading player such as Bill Hayden, recently appointed treasurer — could find humour in these moments of high tension probably says more about the basic serenity of the country’s politics than any detailed account of the more aggressive forms of protest.

While Australia’s stock exchanges “went berserk” at the news of the Dismissal and “launched into the biggest buying spree” since the mining bubble of 1970, the events of 11 November raised the spectre of serious civil violence for the first time since the Depression. Protests occurred in the country’s capital cities over the following days, perhaps the largest and most destructive occurring in Melbourne on the 11th.

There, a pro-Whitlam protest at Liberal Party headquarters “erupted into one of the most violent demonstrations ever seen in the city” — according to the Australian — as protesters clambered over police cars and “kicks and punches were freely given.” Police were “led from the taunting crowd bleeding from head wounds and with their shirts torn.” A police wagon drove through the melee, knocking down protesters and police, while a horse used repeatedly to charge through the protesters was “battered with sticks and stones.” Glaziers refused to fix the broken windows of the party offices. “Each time they are asked to repair them, they just can’t quite seem to bring themselves to do it,” a helpful Furnishing Trades Society secretary explained.

In Sydney, about 2000 marched that day, mainly students, with scuffles but no arrests. Smaller protests were held in Adelaide and Brisbane.

Unions and the general strike

At a time when about 55 per cent of workers belonged to trade unions, by far the greatest potential for social disorder came from the possibility of mass industrial action. Sam Oldham has shown in Without Bosses: Radical Australian Trade Unionism in the 1970s that the decade was a period of significant labour movement militancy, not all of it securely under the control of union officials. Ideas of industrial democracy gained a significant foothold in many industries and contributed to shopfloor militancy. As Phil Griffiths has suggested, general accounts of the Dismissal mainly ignore the strikes that did occur and greatly underestimate the potential for mass action.

The Commonwealth Labor Advisory Committee, chaired by Bob Hawke and including the party’s federal parliamentary leaders and officers, ACTU leaders and representatives of the public service unions, met at John Curtin House in Canberra for several hours on 11 November. It passed a resolution expressing a “total dedication and determination to have the Whitlam Labor government re-elected.” Critically, there would be no support for a general strike.

Left-wing unions were most put out by what they saw as the unseemly haste of the rejection of mass strikes, the blame for which they laid squarely at the feet of Bob Hawke. The Melbourne branch of the Waterside Workers Federation, disagreeing with Hawke’s “reaction to the fascist onslaught on Australian democratic government,” urged that “industrial strength must be organised to move Fraser now.” The Federal Council of the Builders Labourers’ Federation donated a massive $20,000 to Labor’s election fund but also found “words hard to describe your [Hawke’s] gutless and cowardly statements regarding the current drive to fascism by Fraser. You have only strengthened current view that you are in the hands of the multinationals.”

The South Australian branch of the Australian Building and Construction Workers’ Federation wanted “an immediate general strike to demonstrate our disgust and complete opposition to the fascist moves of Fraser, the Governor-General and the multinationals.” It also called for “abolition of the colonial positions of Governor-General and State Governors, the expropriation without compensation of the multinationals and resolve to establish Australia as a truly Independent Republic, ruled by the working class, free of Imperialist domination.”

The Australian Railways Union rejected the “passive role” of the ACTU and called for “immediate and positive leadership.” Several unions wanted a twenty-four-hour stoppage, others forty-eight hours, but many others expressed their support for Hawke’s position, which had received subsequent endorsement by the ACTU executive.

Many unionists walked off the job on the afternoon of 11 November to attend hastily organised rallies, and hundreds of thousands went on strike in the days that followed. Seamen walked out, thereby tying up ships in the country’s ports. E.V. Elliott, veteran federal secretary of the Seamen’s Union and a communist, detected echoes of Hitler and Mussolini in Kerr’s actions and reported that many of his 5000 members had walked off the job on the 11 November, with some crews collecting as much as $1000 for the struggle ahead. Many of those at sea had radioed in their objections to Kerr’s actions.

On the 12th, hundreds of members of the union as well as some kindred maritime unions crowded into Sydney’s Trades Hall, where they pledged support for the re-election of Labor, promised at least a day’s pay and continuing political activity, and then marched through Sydney’s streets to Chifley Square. They returned to their ships on the 13th. Meanwhile, waterside workers began a twenty-four-hour strike at midnight as the 11th turned into the 12th.

Other workers — in the metal trades and railway workshops of Sydney and Newcastle, for example, and about 2000 at the Newcastle State Dockyard — spontaneously walked off the job soon after the news of the dismissal reached them. But the leaders of several large unions stood behind the ACTU’s support for the ballot box over strike action. The leaders of the Australian Workers’ Union, the Federated Ironworkers’ Union, and the Australian Postal and Telecommunications Union — all right-leaning — either opposed striking or said that any action needed to await further consultation between the political and industrial wings of the labour movement.

Among other white-collar unions, the Council of Australian Government Employee Organisations federal president, Ken Turbet, called on federal public servants to refrain from strike action. His position that “government are our employers, not political adversaries or friends, who should be served loyally and impartially” received the fullest commendation of one of its large constituent unions, the Administrative and Clerical Officers’ Association, which insisted on the political neutrality of public servants despite some pressure from the rank and file. If public servants had walked out, they could well have disrupted arrangements for the transition of the Coalition to caretaker government from 11 November and the 13 December election. Another group of public employees, ABC staff, held a four-hour stoppage on 14 November to protest against the management’s handling of reports on the crisis.

An emphasis on fundraising emerged quickly. Unions announced fundraising drives among their members and approved large donations to support Labor’s campaign, or in the case of the Teachers’ Federation to highlight the differences between the parties on education.

It is important not to see these actions through our knowledge of their ultimate fruitlessness, given the magnitude of Labor’s defeat on 13 December, because that was obviously not how matters appeared to many observers at the time. With the Whitlam government’s position improving in the opinion surveys, pollster Gary Morgan predicted a close result.

It was the maritime unions — seamen and waterside workers — who provided the strongest counterpoint to the emphasis on overturning the Dismissal at the ballot-box. They remained on strike for several days, while a walkout of Queensland meat workers closed many abattoirs. The massive Amalgamated Metal Workers’ Union required its members in the metropolitan areas to walk off the job for at least four hours on Friday 14 November, a day of nationwide protest. In Melbourne, it and other left-wing unions called out about 400,000 workers that day, contributing to the strong attendance at Defend Democracy rallies.

Isolated calls for a national strike continued, but even the left-wing unions appear to have realised that the time for any such action had passed, if indeed it had ever existed. On 25 November Pat Clancy, federal secretary of the Building Workers Industrial Union and a member of the Soviet-line Socialist Party of Australia, placed before the ACTU executive a call for a national strike during the election campaign as a last-resort response to “provocation” from the political right. But Hawke had already won the debate, and that victory would have consequences for Australian politics well beyond the election of 13 December 1975.

Grateful campaigners

The 1975 election campaign really began when a bomb blew out the right eye of Keith Macfarlane, a clerk in Queensland premier Joh Bjelke-Petersen’s Brisbane mailroom. On 19 November, just as the day was starting, Macfarlane called over a colleague, Garry Kross, to look at a white envelope addressed to the premier and marked “press release kit.” Inside were white wires. When Kross put the envelope down “a flash and a whoosh” blew a hole in the desk and cut his face and hand. Another envelope had been sent to Fraser the same day, but in that case an x-ray machine caught the bomb before anyone could be hurt. Two days later, a third was sent to Kerr’s office.

These acts of terrorism attracted understandable attention, but the larger story was of peaceful campaigning, drawing on the capacities for social movement mobilisation already well demonstrated in recent years and the credibility the government had built up in such quarters. On the very day of the Dismissal, 8500 women insurance workers had gained equal pay as the result of an Arbitration Commission decision creating a common salary scale in their industry. The Whitlam government had supported equal pay from the moment it came to office in December 1972 and its record of achievement for women had, in the end, exceeded the initial expectations of many feminists.

That was in no small part due to Elizabeth Reid, women’s adviser to the government — a world first at the time of her appointment in 1973. Reid had resigned on 2 October 1975, frustrated at relentlessly negative and sexist media coverage that had eroded support for her among the men advising Whitlam.

The Women’s Liberation Movement was an ambivalent campaigner in 1975, choosing to support Labor as the better alternative to a Fraser-led Coalition government. CAMP, the major pro-gay rights organisation in New South Wales, displayed a similar attitude, its executive having decided during the supply crisis in late October “to strongly urge all members” to support the Labor government at rallies and elsewhere, because compared with Coalition governments, it “has been shown to be the only instrument for reform in Australia.”

Women’s groups also rallied, with “Women for Whitlam” groups emerging around the country. In Melbourne, seventy women representing twenty-one women’s organisations resolved to support Labor and Whitlam, acknowledging that “over the last three years, and especially in International Women’s Year, women’s issues had received recognition for the first time in Australia’s history.” In the same city, Margaret Whitlam addressed a Women for Democracy rally, declaring that “[f]or the first time an Australian Government has dedicated itself to the principle that every woman has the right and should have the opportunity to choose the way of life best suited to her.”

In Adelaide, Women’s Liberation, the Women’s International League for Peace and Freedom formed a Women’s Action Group with Labor women and held a lunchtime rally in Rundle Mall; it also decided to door-knock “in swinging electorates.”

In Sydney, 1500 members of a People’s Action Coalition met at a Hyde Park rally where speakers represented Women’s Liberation, CAMP, the Australian Union of Students and the Italian community. Members of these organisations then marched with resident action and environmental groups to a rally in the Domain being addressed by Gough Whitlam. Stop Fraser committees were formed among Greeks, Italians and other migrant groups; at the big Sydney Domain rally addressed by Whitlam, “We want Gough” was said to have been heard in almost as many languages as there were migrant groups in Australia. Students and academics also mobilised.

There was gratitude, too, for what the government had done for First Nations peoples. Whitlam had only recently, in August, handed back land to the Gurindji people of the Northern Territory. Yolŋu artist and activist Wandjuk Marika now announced that his people, who lived on the Gove Peninsula, would give the Labor campaign $12,000 raised from the sale of their paintings “because Labor is for the people. If Labor gets in we will get land rights.”

When it came, the election result — a massive Coalition majority in the House and Senate — was a crushing blow for Labor supporters. Many felt betrayed, powerless and depressed. Guido Barrachi, whose career in radical politics stretched back to the first world war and its aftermath as a founding member of the Communist Party, had come out of retirement as an activist to hand out election material for Labor, wandering the hot streets of Penrith with a sign around his neck. Lugging his heavy sack of paper on a hot summer’s day proved too much. He collapsed and died that night, just as the political analysts were calling a victory for Fraser and the Coalition.

Memory does its work

As C.V. Wedgwood warned, history is “lived forwards, but is written in retrospect. We know the end before we consider the beginning and we can never wholly recapture what it was to know the beginning only.” We know that Australian democracy was not destroyed by the Dismissal. There was no outbreak of mass violence. There was no revolution. There was no republic. We know that the Coalition won the 13 December 1975 election in a landslide. But the major actors could not be certain of that result on 11 November. The Dismissal and 1975 election weighed heavily on Labor supporters and the left, who believed their democracy was coming undone before their eyes.

Yet it is possible to discern in the events that followed something of the political order that would take shape in the 1980s. “With passing of time I maintained the rage but its heat diminished,” Labor senator John Button explained. “I could forgive but not forget the indulgences of the Whitlam government. I was convinced that the next Labor government could not be as undisciplined as the last. It would need strategies and patience.” Many of the Labor politicians who, like Button, would do so much to reshape the country from 1983 seem to have drawn similar conclusions from the experience.

Most significantly, there was Bob Hawke. One can detect in his campaigning in November and December 1975 the first stage of his bid for the Lodge. While, as we have seen, some left-wing unions were unhappy with Hawke’s dampening of mass industrial action, there was nonetheless wider support for his position among ordinary members of the public. Hannah Sweeney, a Queenslander, wrote at 11pm on 13 December to congratulate Hawke for the way he had fought the election:

I did not vote for your party, but I admired the spirit of moderation and of true democracy which you showed in many of your public speeches, and which were dangerously lacking in the statements of some other public figures of both parties. When our country has been so deeply divided, we need responsible leaders to heal our divisions. You have helped do this.

Another Liberal voter, Robert Ellis from Melbourne, was deeply impressed by Hawke’s conduct during the election night coverage, admiring the courage with which he endured defeat and his capacity to stay cool despite “unnecessary needling” from Billy Snedden. Ellis continued:

Both the extreme Left and the extreme Right of Australian politics have the potential to threaten the Australian people and are to be feared. I believe that you can do more, by reason and persuasion, to prevent the excesses of both extremes, than can almost anyone in Australia… On Saturday, you proved, at least to me, that you are one of the people on whom the future of this country depends.

We don’t know if Hannah Sweeney or Robert Ellis voted Labor in 1983. We do know that these citizens saw in Hawke’s politics the appeal of a consensus that would form the centrepiece of his appeal to voters a little over seven years later.

For many years, certainly through the Hawke and Keating era, the manner of Whitlam’s demise and the character of his response would dominate collective memory of his government. At some point, though, probably from the mid-1990s, the Dismissal became more marginal to Whitlam’s reputation. He was no longer mainly the martyr of 1975. As he became older, he became ever more venerable, associated more with a great transformation in Australian life he had helped bring about than with the chaos of his government’s demise. The government’s legislative record, achieved in just three years, was remarkable and enviable by later standards.

Fraser’s reputation, too, improved over time as he moved leftward and reconciled with Whitlam. People associated him with his various public stands — now often against the Liberal Party under his former treasurer John Howard — and less with the Dismissal. Kerr, who died much earlier than the others in 1991, was left to carry the worst of the Dismissal’s reputation, as he does today. By displacing responsibility from Fraser to Kerr, it became easier to see the Dismissal as the handiwork of a man of poor character and judgement — possibly a drunkard — rather than the product of a flawed democracy.

Australians have made and remade the events of October to December 1975 in their national imaginary, exercising the kind of agency in evidence during the crisis itself. Today, they are more likely to note that Whitlam gave them the chance of a university education than to recall much about the events of 11 November or the weeks surrounding the dismissal. Many of them were there saying as much outside the Sydney Town Hall in 2014 at the service to celebrate Whitlam’s life and mark his death.

The people were not mere extras in a play acted out by Whitlam, Fraser, Kerr, Barwick and Hawke. Rather, they were at the centre of the drama, just as the nature and quality of their democracy was at the heart of what was in contention. But although the Dismissal remains in the living memory of many older Australians and is still conventionally regarded as the most significant single event in the country’s political history, it paradoxically seems to have very little influence on how most of us regard our democracy today. Is that just Australia’s famous complacency? Are we so easy-going, so practical and matter-of-fact as a people, that we simply decided to put it behind us and move on, letting bygones be bygones?

Yet democracy is now probably more central to Australia’s national self-image than it was in 1975. In a world where democracy is in decay, Australians have been increasingly inclined to celebrate the robustness of the Australian version, with regular and affectionate nodding to the democracy sausage as shorthand for a pride in their success in holding free and fair elections and producing governments with popular consent and legitimacy. In 1975, however, Australian democracy seemed a more fragile thing.

The basic institutional design of our system remains unchanged from those turbulent times. Much of the union protest that occurred in 1975 would today be impossible unless the leaders concerned were prepared to risk massive fines. In some ways, and certainly in that respect, our democracy is less healthy than it was as spring turned to summer in 1975. We would perhaps do well to regard it with a more critical eye, and with a more careful vigilance, than has become fashionable in the land of the democracy sausage.

 

Frank Bongiorno (with James Watson)

Frank Bongiorno is Professor of History at the Australian National University and Distinguished Fellow of the Whitlam Institute within Western Sydney University. This is the text of a keynote lecture delivered at The Spirit of 1975: Transformations in Australian Labour History, the nineteenth conference of the Australian Society for the Study of Labour History in Melbourne on 28 November 2025. It is part of a larger project undertaken with James Watson of the Australian National University with the support of the Whitlam Institute.

Week beginning 3 December 2025

Ellie Levenson Room 706 Zando | SJP Lit, January 2026.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

This is Kate’s story – her childhood and young adulthood, and the impact of marriage and motherhood are seen through Kate’s recall as she waits in room 706 in a London hotel. She is not alone. James, her older married lover has emerged from the bathroom when Kate sees the news on the television:  their hotel is under terrorist attack. The terrorists’ flag hangs outside leaving the media and security forces under no illusion that they are a group known to show no mercy to their hostages. That a past bombing of a building under siege was ineffectual does not reduce the menace Kate and James experience in room 706; nor is Vic, Kate’s husband to whom she texts early in her plight, unaware of the danger. He remains vigilant in helping her overcome her fears through the hours of incarceration. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

Beth Reid Women in the Scottish Wars of Independence 1296–1357 Pen & Sword |Pen & Sword History, June 2025.

Thank you, Net Galley and Pen & Sword, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

Beth Reid’s introduction is a clear exposition of her aims, at the same time as presenting the nucleus of the arguments she makes, and suggestions for further research and writing on the topic. The book is divided into three parts – Women in Politics, Women in Captivity, and Women in Warfare. Immediately Reid demonstrates her capacity to grasp the essential elements of each and apply them to the women who grace these pages. The women she is writing about will be treated in their capacity as actors in the field rather than in their domestic roles. She outlines the two phases of the Scottish Wars of Independence, ensuring that even in this brief account she refers to the nuanced nature of the wars, rather than the populist view of antagonism between England and Scotland. Although the resources featuring women are limited, her narrative history with its focus on women provides yet another example of the importance of writing women into history. The previews are useful and what follows fulfils their promise.Books: Reviews

Olapeju Simoyan Girls Become Doctors and Much More Inspiring Stories of Women in Medicine Victory Editing NetGalley Co-op, September 2025.

Thank you, NetGalley, for providing me with this uncorrected proof for review.

This book presents a refreshing range of stories, told by the author. The object of illustrating the wide range of activities that women whose first profession is medicine pursue, support and mentor is something that is new. Rather than contribute only to the literature that shows women’s fortitude in entering ‘men’s’ professions and excelling there, Olapeju Simoyan has brought a further perspective to such women’s lives and their aspirations. For a patient, the realisation that the professional woman she may face during times of great stress, or even for a perfunctory visit to the surgery, has a range of interests, enhances the professional face. The stories told here raise the possibility that other women doctors replicate them and their diverse interests. See Books: Reviews for the complete review.

American Politics

Bob McMullan

Charting trump’s decline

There has been a significant and measurable decline in Americans’ assessment of President Trump.

I am not referring to his mental decline. Many have commented on his rambling speeches and press conferences and his apparent pattern of falling asleep during meetings. But I am not equipped to assess the reality of allegations of mental decline.

I am not even referring to apparent signs of physical decline. The mystery MRI has not been explained. Swollen ankles, bruised hands and other signs may be significant, but there is not sufficient evidence to draw a conclusion from this distance.

Rather, I am referring to the incontrovertible evidence of decline in the level of voter support for Donald Trump so early in his second term.

The early election results certainly point to a serious problem for Republicans. In the recent round of elections, it was not just the resounding victories for Democrat candidates in the big contests for Governor of Virginia and New Jersey and the Mayor of New York city but also a staggering array of victories in election contests for school boards and a broad range of other less important positions across the country.

However, the more compelling and measurable evidence about future prospects can be found in the analysis of voter approval ratings overall and in key policy areas.

The absolute polling numbers are bad for Trump.

The trend should be even more alarming to his team.

Since July Trump’s overall approval rating as measured by the Real Clear Politics Poll of Polls has been in negative territory. It currently stands at -13.1%.

The alarming trend for him is a story of continuing decline in approval from -3.3% at 7 July to -6 at 16 August, -6.1% on 12 September and -13.1% at 23rd November.

The decline can also be seen in some of the most politically significant policy areas. It is not uniform, as you would not expect it to be, but there are noticeable negative trends in some of the most significant and politically sensitive policy areas.

The most outstanding numbers can be found in the assessments of Trump’s performance in handling inflation. This is significant because inflation is widely regarded as among the most potent election deciding issues in most western countries. including in Trump’s 2024 victory.

In July voters had a negative perception of Trump’s handling of inflation by more than 19%. This was a really bad assessment, but it has continued to get worse. By November the measure was negative more than 25%!

After regularly attempting to turn the numbers around by asserting that prices were actually falling the recent removal of tariffs on food as a response to concerns about prices is a very significant backdown and an indication of deep concern in the administration about consumer prices.

The underlying significance of the tariff cuts, as they convey the clear reality that Trump’s assertion that tariffs will not increase prices because they will be paid by foreign suppliers is utterly bogus, may be missed by average voters, but it is a very significant backdown for the President.

A similar pattern of decline in approval from bad to even worse can be seen in the numbers for economic policy, foreign policy in general, and his handling of Russia/Ukraine in particular. (It is important to note that these numbers pre-date the recent “peace initiative”).

It is important to note that the very controversial issue of immigration, which was central to Trump’s 2024 election campaign and represents much of the public face of the administration also reflects declining approval. However, the decline is smaller, from -2% to -3.7%, and the absolute number is much less negative than most other areas.

There are two policy areas which do not fit with this overall assessment.

One, Trump’s handling of crime reflects the decline in approval seen elsewhere, but his November net approval rating was 0, not negative.

The one area in which Trump’s approval ratings have very significantly improved is his handling of the Israel/ Hamas conflict. From July to September the approval rating fell from -7.4% to -13.4%. However, by 23 November approval of his handling of this issue had improved to +2.8%.

It is clear that this improved assessment on the Middle East has not been sufficient to outweigh the various factors contributing to an overall very significant decline in support.

What is the significance of this measurable decline?

First, it suggests that the Democrats should have a very good chance of winning control of the House of Representatives next November and an outside chance of winning control of the Senate. I don’t take very seriously the attempted gerrymanders. I suspect that there is a very real chance that this effort will backfire.

Second, the decline and its possible electoral consequences in 2026 may well lead to further fraying of the MAGA universe.

Third, it suggests that Trump will not win a third term. I am confident that if he thinks he could win Trump will endeavour to manufacture a case for a third term. I have seen Steve Bannon’s confident assertion that Trump ’28 will definitely happen. The reason I don’t believe it will happen is that unless the Democrats perform spectacularly badly in the House from 2026 or err in their selection of a presidential candidate I don’t think Trump can win an election in 2028 if he was to run.

That is a glimmer of light at the end of a long dark tunnel.

Heather Cox Richardson from Letters from an American <heathercoxrichardson@substack.com> 

Forwarded this email? Subscribe here for more November 25, 2025

Last week, a poll conducted for Global EV Alliance, made up of electric vehicle driver associations around the world, found that 52% of Americans would avoid buying a Tesla for political reasons.

Tesla chief executive officer Elon Musk pumped more than $290 million into electing President Donald J. Trump and supporting the Republicans in 2024. After taking office, Trump named Musk to head the “Department of Government Efficiency,” a group that slashed through government programs and fired civil servants.

In response, protesters organized “Tesla Takedowns,” gathering at Tesla dealerships to urge people not to buy the vehicles. The protests spread internationally. In March, Trump advertised Teslas on the South Lawn of the White House to try to help slumping sales, to no avail.

In September, consumers flexed their muscle over parent company Disney’s suspension of Jimmy Kimmel’s late night talk show on ABC after pressure from Federal Communications Commission chair Brendan Carr over Kimmel’s comments following the murder of right-wing activist Charlie Kirk. About three million subscribers canceled Disney+ in September, while Hulu, which Disney owns, lost 4.1 million. Monthly cancellations previously had averaged 1.2 million and 1.9 million, respectively. While not all of those cancellations could be chalked up to consumer anger over Kimmel’s suspension—Disney subscription prices went up at around the same time—Kimmel was back on the air in five days.

Every day, I am struck by all the ways in which we are reliving the 1890s.In that era too, consumers organized, using their buying power to affect politics. As the first general secretary of the National Consumers League, Florence Kelley, put it: “To live means to buy, to buy means to have power, to have power means to have responsibility.”

After the Civil War, an economic boom in the North combined with the loss of young men in the war to make education more accessible to young white women. By 1870, girls made up the majority of high school graduates. Fewer than 2% of college-age Americans went to college; women made up 21% of that group. Away from the confines of home, these privileged young women studied social problems and the means of addressing them while they developed friendships with like-minded classmates.

In the mid-1880s, those women began to experiment with using their talents and newfound friendships to repair the nation’s social fabric that had been torn by urbanization and industrialization. To recreate a web of social responsibility in the growing industrial cities, young middle-class women moved into ethnic working-class neighborhoods to minister to the people living there. Jane Addams, who opened Chicago’s Hull-House with Ellen Gates Starr in 1889, rejected the idea of a nation divided by haves and have-nots. She believed that all individuals were fundamentally interconnected. “Hull-House was soberly opened on the theory that the dependence of classes on each other is reciprocal,” Addams later wrote.

The people who lived in these “settlement houses” dedicated themselves to filing down the sharp edges of industrialization, with its tenement housing, low wages, long hours, child labor, and disease, along with polluted air and water and unregulated food. They turned their education to addressing the immediate problems in front of them, collecting statistics to build a larger picture of the social costs of industrialization, and lobbying government officials and businessmen to improve the condition of workers, especially women and children.

They soon discovered a different lever for change.

In the midterm election of 1890, politicians recognized the power of women to swing the vote for or against a political party. When Republicans got shellacked, their leaders blamed women, who were increasingly the family shoppers, for urging their husbands to vote against the party that had forced through the McKinley Tariff of that year, raising tariff rates and thus raising consumer prices. Thomas Reed, the Republican speaker of the House, complained the party had been defeated by “the Shopping Woman.”

Historian Kathy Peiss notes that between 1885 and 1910, the six women’s magazines known as the “big six” were founded, including Ladies Home JournalMcCall’s, and Good Housekeeping. By 1895, advertisements were strategically placed near recipes throughout the magazines, and brand names were scattered through their stories, a recognition of women’s role as shoppers.

Increasingly, reform-minded women were turning to women’s roles as consumers to reshape American industrialism. They came to believe that the “ultimate responsibility” for poor conditions “lodge[s] in the consumer.” Leveraging the power of consumption could force employers to pay higher wages, establish better conditions, and protect workers. In 1891, Josephine Shaw Lowell, whose brother Robert Gould Shaw had commanded Black soldiers in the Massachusetts 54th in the 1863 Second Battle of Fort Wagner, helped to form the Consumer’s League of the City of New York (CLCNY), patterned after a similar English organization, to rally consumers to support better conditions for the workers who made the goods they bought.

In 1899, Lowell and Jane Addams founded the National Consumers League, with Florence Kelley at its head. The organization worked to combat child labor and poor working conditions and, in an era when milk was commonly adulterated with chalk and formaldehyde and candies were decorated with lead paint, lobbied for government regulation of food and drugs.

Today, the relationship between consumption and reform has taken on heightened meaning after the Tesla and the Disney boycotts. The day after Thanksgiving is the start of the holiday shopping season, and like their predecessors of a century ago, reformers are focusing on consumers’ power to push back on the policies of the Trump administration, launching a campaign they call “We Ain’t Buying It.” “We aren’t just consumers; we’re community builders,” their website says. “We’re driving the change we want to see, and demanding respect.”

As Joy-Ann Reid put it in an Instagram video: “Dear retailers who’ve decided you don’t like diversity, equity, and inclusion, or you really love ICE and you have no problem with them busting into your establishments to drag people away: Here’s the thing. We ain’t buying it. I mean, for real, for real, we ain’t buyin’ it.”

She explained: “We’re gonna spend our money with businesses who actually respect our dollars, respect our communities, and respect our diversity, equity, and inclusion. We are going to buy from people who respect immigrants, who respect immigrants’ rights, and respect freedom and liberty. We are going to buy from establishments that respect our right to vote and our right to live in a free society. And if you ain’t that, we ain’t buying it.”

“Let’s show them our power,” she told listeners. “Let’s show them what we can do together.”—

Notes:https://www.cnn.com/2025/02/01/politics/elon-musk-2024-election-spending-millionshttps://www.msn.com/en-xl/africa/kenya/study-finds-41-of-ev-drivers-would-avoid-tesla-over-politics/ar-AA1QFM05https://www.nbcnews.com/tech/elon-musk/trump-musk-tesla-white-house-showroom-buys-car-rcna195905https://www.theguardian.com/us-news/2025/sep/18/jimmy-kimmel-protest-disney-abc-burbankhttps://www.nytimes.com/2025/10/20/business/media/disney-subscription-cancellations-kimmel.htmlhttps://variety.com/2025/tv/news/jimmy-kimmel-returns-late-night-disney-tuesday-1236525670/https://www.albany.edu/jmmh/vol1no1/peiss-text.htmlJane Addams, Twenty Years at Hull-House (The Macmillan Company, 1912), at: https://digital.library.upenn.edu/women/addams/hullhouse/hullhouse.html, p. 227.https://weaintbuyingit.com/Instagram:p/DRMD3B1DeHs/Bluesky:peggystuart.bsky.social/post/3m6fsaf2j7s2wterilg.bsky.social/post/3m6fsd5hogc2q

Cindy Lou enjoys her first meal at Azima

This restaurant, complete with Lebanese chef, is a wonderful find. We chose a hommos Beiruti w/ Onion, Parsley, Cumin, Tomato dip with bread, with much more bread on offer, and a vegetarian platter. The vegetarian items were generous and varied – fried cauliflower, beetroot humous, the best eggplant I have eaten since a meal in Izmir, pickled vegetables, potato harra, tabouli, falafel and another dip with the amount of chili that makes it delicious rather than inedible. Mint tea and a delicious mint lemonade accompanied the meal. We needed to take a box away – and plan a family dinner there in the near future.

Australian Politics

Anthony Albanese and Jodie Haydon wed in secret, private ceremony at The Lodge

HomeNEWSReal Life

Inside Prime Minister Anthony Albanese’s wedding to Jodie Haydon

“Did I see my life panning out this way? Absolutely not”

Profile picture of Kylie WaltersKylie Walters

It’s not every day that there is a wedding at The Lodge.

In fact, until Anthony Albanese and Jodie Haydon tied the knot there on November 29, the site had never hosted such an occasion, with this being the first time an Australian Prime Minister has wed while in office.

Under a bright and sunny Canberra sky, the bride, 46, made her way down the grassy aisle at the official residence of the Prime Minister in a contemporary long-sleeved gown from Sydney’s Romance Was Born label, which was embroidered with Australian natives.

Carrying a bouquet of yellow roses, white orchids and eucalyptus leaves, the financial advisor was accompanied by her parents, Bill and Pauline, to the tune of Ben Folds’ song ‘The Luckiest’.

Having given his speech writer the day off, Albanese, 62, pledged vows that he’d prepared himself.

“We are absolutely delighted to share our love and commitment to spending our future lives together, in front of our family and closest friends,” the newlyweds shared in a statement afterwards.

Who attended Anthony Albanese’s wedding?

The big day was an intimate affair with just 80 members of their families and close friends in attendance. Treasurer Jim Chalmers, Finance Minister Katy Gallagher and Foreign Affairs Minister Penny Wong also watched on.

Toto and Jodie's flower girl
Ella walked Toto down the aisle. (Credit: Getty )

How did Anthony Albanese meet Jodie Haydon?

The fairytale romance between the pair started in 2020 when they met at a function and bonded over their love of the South Sydney Rugby League Club. Albanese told 60 Minutes she “had him at “‘up the Rabbitohs!’”

The PM proposed to Haydon on the balcony at the Lodge on Valentine’s Day in February 2024, with a bespoke ring from Nicola Cerrrone he designed for the occasion.

While celebrities and foreign world leaders failed to make the cut, Anthony’s dog Toto was the ring bearer. The sweet cavoodle donned a white lace dress that matched with Haydon’s niece Ella, 5, who was her flower girl.

During their reception, the pair shared their first dance to Frank Sinatra’s ‘The Way You Look Tonight’. Anthony’s son Nathan, who he shares with ex-wife Carmel Tebbutt, gave a speech.

The couple is understood to have paid for the nuptials themselves. They spent the days following their “I do’s” honeymooning at an undisclosed location within Australia.

During their years together, Jodie has accompanied Anthony across the world.

Jodie was hosted at the White House by then US President Joe Biden and his wife Jill. She was also a guest at the coronation of King Charles in 2023.

She also previously taken on roles associated with being the partner of the Prime Minister such as being the Patron of the National Portrait Gallery, which will now likely increase.

“Did I see my life panning out this way? Absolutely not,” she told 60 Minutes.

Opposition Leader Sussan Ley weighs in on Prime Minister Anthony Albanese and Jodie Hayton’s wedding.

“I wish Anthony and Jodie every happiness,” Ms Ley told Sky News Political Editor Andrew Clennell.

“A wedding day is a very special day indeed.

Nationals’ leader David Littleproud said he was happy to see the PM tie the knot, noting that Ms Haydon was already representing the nation by Albanese’s side. “It’s great to see the PM has someone who loves him and will be with him. It is a tough and lonely job, let alone prime minister,” he told ABC’s Insiders “Jodie has already stepped up on the international stage and represented us in such a classy way for some time and now they’ve solidified their partnership with marriage, and I think good on him.

Labor strikes deal with Greens to overhaul environment laws

Ronald Mizen

Ronald MizenPolitical correspondent

Nov 27, 2025 – 9.36am

Prime Minister Anthony Albanese has struck an eleventh-hour deal with the Greens to pass Labor’s overhaul of Australia’s environment laws before parliament breaks for the summer recess.

Albanese and Environment Minister Murray Watt on Thursday morning outlined a series of concessions to the Greens to strengthen protection of native forests and bushland, and to carve out fossil fuel projects from fast-track and national interest approval pathways.

Under the changes, regional forestry agreements in NSW and Tasmania and high-risk agricultural land clearing will be brought under the Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act from July 1, 2027.

The move will anger farmers and some forestry groups, but Labor tried to sweeten the deal with a $300 million forestry fund, which Albanese said would deliver a “bigger” and more sustainable logging industry.

Outside the EPBC Act, the Greens also secured an additional $50 million for the public broadcaster ABC to produce Australian content.

The prime minister also revealed that a series of changes would be made to appease business concerns.

Specifically, the government will make clearer a power that would allow the minister to kill off projects that are deemed to have “unacceptable impacts” before they are fully assessed.

Labor will also impose stricter conditions on the powers of a new National Environmental Protection Agency, imposing a 14-day limit on stop-work orders and requiring the NEPA to have more evidence before such orders can be imposed.

It will also clarify the definitions for a clause that requires projects to have a “net gain” for the environment.

The new NEPA will come into effect from July 1, 2026, and the government hopes to have agreements in place with states by thethat will allow them to assess projects against state and federal standards concurrently.

The unacceptable impacts test and net gain test will come into effect from July 1, 2027.

“When we came to government, we promised we would reform Australia’s broken environmental laws,” Albanese told a press conference in Canberra. “Today, we deliver that promise … These sensible, responsible and balanced laws are good for business and good for the environment.”

But the Coalition will attack Labor for carving out gas projects from the new national interest test.

Greens leader Larissa Waters said her party was “determined to get shit done” and the deal with Labor was a sign of that.

However, she criticised Labor for refusing to make carbon emissions part of the considerations for whether a project should be approved. Under the current proposal, projects that produce more than 100,000 tonnes of emissions each year have to report their emissions profile and abatement strategies, but these do not form part of the assessment process.

“The government refused to include climate considerations in the act, and that is why we need Greens in parliament, and that is what we will keep fighting for,” Waters said. “Our laws should protect us from the climate crisis, and we will keep pushing on that.”

The Australian Financial Review on Wednesday revealed that Waters and the Greens environment spokeswoman, Sarah Hanson-Young, were meeting with Albanese to hash out the final terms of an agreement.

The new laws seek to accelerate approval of major projects such as renewables and housing, while also giving a national environmental protection agency powers to prevent the destruction of nature and to punish lawbreakers with fines of up to $825 million or a percentage of revenue based on any damage caused.

The government on Tuesday released 11 amendments it was willing to make to get the laws passed through the Senate, where Labor does not hold a majority and needs either Coalition or Greens votes for legislative changes.

Sources familiar with negotiations but not authorised to speak publicly were insisting late Wednesday that a deal could be with the Greens or the Coalition, and it would go down to the wire.

Staffers from all sides were working well into Wednesday night, with many skipping Christmas parties. The Coalition was still sending proposed changes at 10pm, according to sources.

Opposition Leader Sussan Ley on Tuesday demanded to elevate negotiations to the leader level, but Albanese said she had rejected his request to meet in person to talk about a deal.

“I offered to meet with Sussan Ley, and that wasn’t taken up,” Albanese said, though this was refuted by the Coalition.

Ronald Mizen is the Financial Review’s political correspondent, reporting from the press gallery at Parliament House, Canberra. Connect with Ronald on Twitter. Email Ronald at ronald.mizen@afr.comSave

The Saturday Paper logo

Paul Bongiorno
Inside Murray Watt’s environmental deal

Parliament’s last sitting week for the year was an intense guessing game, as Environment Minister Murray Watt haggled with competing sides on how best to reform Australia’s environment laws.

Watt had put everything on the line politically, creating a deadline to finalise what was in fact a five-year journey to reach a destination everybody agreed was needed, namely the implementation of recommendations proposed by businessman Graeme Samuel after his review of a framework that had been in place for 25 years.

Watt, the ebullient Queenslander, who has become Anthony Albanese’s chief fixer, delivered the government a significant win after convincing the 10 Greens he needed in the Senate that the perfect no longer needed to be the enemy of the good.

The demands of the Greens’ environmental protections lead negotiator, Sarah Hanson-Young, weren’t quite as robust as some of her colleagues would have liked, but, in the end, Hanson-Young viewed the amended bill as a vast improvement on the version that was originally presented.

Coal and gas projects would no longer be fast-tracked and, critically, there was significantly less delay in ending the logging of native forests. There was also more protection of the natural environment and endangered species.

Earlier in the week, Opposition Leader Sussan Ley suspected Watt and Albanese were about to do what she described as a “dirty deal” with the Greens. Her concerns were principally over the fate of natural gas projects, which she claims are essential to providing affordable energy.

The Coalition was most unhappy about the proposed environment protection agency and its ability to heavily fine industry for flouting environmental safeguards.

This was a key recommendation of the Samuel Review and gives Australia for the first time what Albanese says is a strong independent regulator. Samuel told the prime minister he is elated his reforms have finally been implemented.Watt had put everything on the line politically, creating a deadline to finalise what was in fact a five-year journey to reach a destination everybody agreed was needed, namely the implementation of recommendations proposed by businessman Graeme Samuel after his review of a framework that had been in place for 25 years.

The truth is the Coalition was struggling to present consistent demands. Watt says he was dealing not only with shadow minister Angie Bell but also with “multiple Coalition frontbenchers” who had come to him with their own thoughts. It was “quite difficult to then work out who was the actual negotiator and what is their position”. He said he had meetings with Coalition representatives who would say they’ve “got their final list of demands, and then we meet with someone else, and they’ve got other demands”.

Watt bristled at Ley’s criticism of him for “mismanag[ing] this entire process” and, she says, endangering the resources sector that is critical for “our national income”.

Watt says the reformed Environment Protection and Biodiversity Conservation Act strikes the right balance between conservation and project developments, which includes housing.

During the tense negotiations this week senior ministers were very nervous about concluding a deal with a fractious Coalition. One cited the Carbon Pollution Reduction Scheme in 2009, signed off by then Liberal leader Malcolm Turnbull. Ultimately, that deal was broken, the leader was dumped and the vote failed in parliament.

That has not been Ley’s fate, although the parliamentary year ends with her being regarded as a seat warmer, waiting for one of her conservative rivals to strike.

Things are much more settled under the leadership of Larissa Waters in the Greens party room. A cabinet minister observed:
“The Greens all have their say in their party room, but they trust their negotiator, Hanson-Young, and once they have made a decision, stick with it.” The Greens insisted more notice be taken of the potential climate change impact of any environmental or development projects, a view with considerable support, according to the latest Essential Report.

However, the Coalition’s abandonment of the net zero target and the rise of support for One Nation, an even more strident critic of climate science and action, appears to have taken a toll. Polling shows an erosion in the number of Australians who accept climate change is happening and caused by human activity. It now stands at 53 per cent, down from a high of 64 per cent eight years ago.

According to the same poll, 36 per cent of people believe Australia is not doing enough to address climate, against 20 per cent who think it is doing too much.

The opposition seems hell-bent on representing this minority. Rather than welcome Climate Change and Energy Minister Chris Bowen taking an active international role as president of policy negotiations for next year’s COP31 in Türkiye, advancing the net zero target set in Paris in 2015, it accuses him of abandoning his portfolio responsibilities.

On Monday, the Coalition came up with the glib phrase that Bowen was now a “part-time minister, full-time president”.

Of course, this is a ridiculous characterisation of the position. Bowen cited a number of examples of ministers in other countries simultaneously carrying out their COP roles while retaining their domestic portfolios. He told parliament that to suggest his new role is a full-time job “is a complete and utter invention, it is a fantasy”.

Ley’s first question to the prime minister on Monday scoffed at government claims that Bowen’s role gave “unprecedented influence” on important international emissions reduction efforts. “Why isn’t this part-time minister, full-time president” using his “unprecedented” influence to lower energy bills for Australians, she asked. The cynicism is breathtaking.

Albanese accused the opposition of “talking Australia down” and ditching bipartisan support for Australians playing key international roles, such as former Liberal finance minister Mathias Cormann, who is now the secretary-general of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development. Cormann has been reappointed for a second term, with the government’s support.

Albanese accused the Coalition of failing to address energy shortages and price rises when in government and said their current plan would lead to higher prices because of its negative impact on investment in cheaper renewable energy projects.

The opposition’s other refrain for the week was to ask the government, repeatedly, “When will energy prices come down?” It is a question they cannot themselves answer in regard to their “affordable energy plans”.

Everyone knows the transition to renewables is unavoidably expensive, made worse by almost a decade of Coalition government doing nothing to replace ageing coal-fired power stations.

Ministers avoided providing assurances of early price relief, although Bowen did point to the successful home battery uptake and the way solar panels substantially cut electricity costs for households.

Midweek the new, expanded basket of goods and services included in the monthly consumer price index showed a 0.0 per cent change. That owed more to the fact it was the first in the new series than anything else. More worrying was the annual rate to October rose 3.8 per cent. In Question Time, the opposition avoided tackling Treasurer Jim Chalmers and directed its sole question on the rise in the cost of living to Albanese. It was a curious strategy that suggests it is gun-shy of Chalmers.

Ley reminded the prime minister that earlier in the year he had “promised the Australian people” the country had “turned the corner on inflation” and that the treasurer assured them the government had “inflation under control”.

Albanese is acutely aware of the potency of living costs for voters and accepted that the latest figures “confirm” households are still facing pressures. He noted the withdrawal of state energy subsidies was a contributing factor, but said his government was focused on relief measures and wanted to give assistance.

Chalmers said any decision to continue federal energy bill relief will be made closer to the midyear fiscal review but they can’t be a “permanent feature”. Blunting the opposition’s criticism was its failure at the May election to support the rebates and tax cuts.

Speaking at the National Press Club, shadow treasurer Ted O’Brien attempted to distance the survivors in the Coalition from its ill-fated election policies. He is promising tax cuts next time. His press club address was widely seen as an audition to keep his job should there be a change of leader in the new year.

Cost-of-living issues weren’t worrying Pauline Hanson on Monday night when she served Barnaby Joyce wagyu steaks that retail for about $145 a kilogram. Making the steaks more delicious for both politicians, no doubt, was the fact they came from Gina Rinehart’s cattle company.

Admiration for Australia’s richest person is only one of the things the two right-wing rabble-rousers have in common.

Why Joyce is continuing his flirtation with One Nation and its leader after Hanson’s disgraceful repeat of her burqa stunt in the Senate has his Nationals colleagues shaking their heads. She donned the garment after the Senate refused to allow her motion to ban Muslim face coverings.

This outraged the Senate, particularly its Muslim members. When the Senate resolved to eject Hanson from the chamber, she refused to leave, causing a two-hour suspension of proceedings.

This contempt of the chamber led to Labor, the Greens and some of the cross bench voting to suspend her from the Senate for seven days – a rare event – and from representing the Senate on parliamentary delegations.

The government’s Senate leader, Penny Wong, said Hanson had “been parading prejudice as protest for decades”. Unrepentant, the Queensland senator says she will run again and “the people will judge me at the next election”.

Joyce quit the Nationals on Thursday to sit as an independent for the rest of this term. He is widely expected to head One Nation’s New South Wales Senate ticket at the next election.

This article was first published in the print edition of The Saturday Paper on November 28, 2025 as “Murray Watt’s environmental factors training”.

Literature Cambridge

Some highlights coming up in 2026

Katherine Mansfield: Stories of Love. Live online course March-April 2026.

Join us for a new course on Katherine Mansfield (1888-1923), one of the greatest short story writers of the twentieth century. In this course, we will explore her stories about love, its many shapes and its hopes, disappointments, and betrayals.

Six sessions, weekly on Thursdays, 19 March to 23 April 2026, 6.00-8.00 pm British Summer Time. Further information and booking page.

• Shakespeare and Euripides: Romance Plays

Live online course with Cambridge scholars Dr Fred Parker and Dr Jan Parker. Tuesdays, weekly, 20 January to 24 February 2026, 6.00-8.00 pm UK time. Live online.

We will study Shakespeare’s Pericles, All’s Well that Ends Well, The Winter’s Tale and The Tempest; plus Euripides’ Alcestis and Ion. A rare chance to study these brilliant, intriguing plays together.

Toni Morrison Course. A new course studying four novels by Nobel Prize winning writer Toni Morrison. May-June 2026

Literary Gardens. We repeat this hugely popular course which studies gardens in literature from Alice in Wonderland to The Waste Land. January-March 2026.

Doris Lessing: Women and Destiny. We repeat this superb course on four powerful novels by Doris Lessing. September-October 2026.

There are many other online courses coming up; please see our website for details.

Dervla McTiernan’s email are always interesting. This is part of her most recent:

I’ve been telling you the story of the writing of my new novel. I started off, in September, telling you about the three ideas I sent to my editors way back in February 2024, and then last month I told you which idea my editors had chosen (the same idea you had chosen by overwhelming majority!)*

Obviously, once the idea is nailed down, I have to go off and write the book. In this case, I wrote three drafts before I sent the book off to my editors.

So … what did they think? And what did I do from there? Here’s a bit of a step by step of how I like to edit a book, starting from my editors’ notes.

Let’s start with an extract from the notes sent by my editors. I’ve redacted any key information here that would run the risk of spoiling the book for you.

My first step after I receive the editorial letter is usually to go for a long walk (or three) and really think about how I want readers to feel when they read this book, from the beginning to the end. Then I write my own summary of the notes, in my own words. At this point I’m often making decisions about how I’m going to fix any problems my editors have identified. Here’s part of the summary I made for the edit of this book:

My next step is to do a chapter-by-chapter breakdown. This is where I break out the specific changes that need to be made to every chapter to give effect to the changes I’ve decided need to be made to the book, based on the editorial notes and the decisions I’ve made. I’m sharing this so that you can see the format, but obviously here I’ve really had to redact a lot, or risk ruining this book for you.

And the last step is to do a daily work plan that lays out all the work and when I’m going to do it, right up to my deadline.

After that, I get down to the writing. First in my notebook (there’s just something about pen and paper that helps the ideas flow), and then back into Scrivener when I’m fully warmed up. After that, I get down to the writing. First in my notebook (there’s just something about pen and paper that helps the ideas flow), and then back into Scrivener when I’m fully warmed up.

This is what the layout of my Scrivener project will usually look like when I’m really getting into the edit. The label colour on the far right tells me the status of the chapter. Green is done, red means a full rewrite is needed, and orange a lighter rewrite.

And that’s it! When the book is finished (again) I compile the Scrivener manuscript into a Word document, and share it with my editors. For this book, we did three rounds of edits before we were all really satisfied and happy to send the book into copyediting. That’s a LOT of work, but for me, it’s the only way I can put this book in your hands, knowing I’ve done everything I can for the characters and for you as a reader.

*Dervla McTiernan’s previous email provided recipients with a list of three possibilities for her next novel. People voted on these.


British playwright Tom Stoppard, who won Oscar for ‘Shakespeare in Love,’ dead at 88

By Max Saltman

Tom Stoppard speaks at The Hay Festival in Wales in June 2010.

Tom Stoppard speaks at The Hay Festival in Wales in June 2010. David Levenson/Getty Images

The award-winning British playwright and screenwriter Tom Stoppard has died, according to his talent agency United Agents. He was 88.

Stoppard, who was born in Czechoslovakia, was perhaps best known in the US for his Oscar-winning screenplay for the 1998 film “Shakespeare in Love,” which he co-wrote with Marc Norman.

More recently, he won his fifth Tony Award in 2023 for his play “Leopoldstadt.” He won his first Tony in 1968 for “Rosencrantz and Guildenstern Are Dead,” his metatheatrical spin on “Hamlet.”

Norman told CNN in an email that Stoppard was “a joy to work with.”

“He understood that Shakespeare, that icon, was an entertainer just like we were, and that spirit drove our screenplay,” Norman said. “My thoughts go out to his family.”

In a statement posted to its website, United Agents said: “We are deeply saddened to announce that our beloved client and friend, Tom Stoppard, has died peacefully at home in Dorset, surrounded by his family.

“He will be remembered for his works, for their brilliance and humanity, and for his wit, his irreverence, his generosity of spirit and his profound love of the English language,” the statement continued. “It was an honor to work with Tom and to know him.”

King Charles III, whose mother Queen Elizabeth knighted Stoppard in 1997, said in a statement Saturday that he and Queen Camilla were “deeply saddened to learn of the death of one of our greatest writers, Sir Tom Stoppard.”

“A dear friend who wore his genius lightly, he could, and did, turn his pen to any subject, challenging, moving and inspiring his audiences, borne from his own personal history,” Charles wrote. “We send our most heartfelt sympathy to his beloved family. Let us all take comfort in his immortal line: ‘Look on every exit as being an entrance somewhere else.’”

Born Tomas Straussler in Zlin, in what is now the Czech Republic, Stoppard was from a secular Jewish family who fled the Nazi invasion of the country in 1939, first to Singapore, then to Australia and India. Many of Stoppard’s extended family members were murdered in the Holocaust.

After young Tomas’ father died when the Japanese sank his boat off the Singaporean coast, his mother married an Englishman, Kenneth Stoppard, and the family moved to the United Kingdom. Tomas Straussler became Tom Stoppard.

Stoppard, who briefly worked as a journalist before his success in theatre, had a wide oevre. Alongside his many plays, he wrote radio dramas, satirical films like Terry Gilliam’s “Brazil,” as well as film adaptations of books, including his 2012 screenplay for “Anna Karenina” and his 1987 adaptation of JG Ballard’s roman-a-clef “Empire of the Sun.”

The playwright wrote in a 2024 essay published by the Huntington Theatre company that while he was born a Czech Jew, his life in Britain and his English stepfather had turned him into an “honorary Englishman.”

“I knew I was – used to be Czech, but I didn’t feel Czech,” Stoppard wrote. “I felt about as English as you could get.”

Later in life, Stoppard began to explore his personal history through his work. His most recent play, “Leopoldstadt,” traces a Jewish family in Vienna from the 1890s through World War II, obliquely referencing his family’s story.

“It’s been at the back of my mind,” Stoppard said of his family history in a 2022 interview. “It’s something I’ve never used. It felt like unfinished business.”

CNN’s Max Foster contributed.

See review of Hermione Lee Tom Stoppard A Life Knopf Doubleday Publishing Group, 23 Feb 2021, on my blog of 2 March 2022.

Tom Stoppard’s Ordinary Magic

Henry Oliver from The Common Reader <commonreader@substack.com>inbox

 Subscribe here for more

Tom Stoppard’s Ordinary Magic“The ordinary-sized stuff which is our lives…”Henry Oliver Nov 30 

And so a genius is dead. Tom Stoppard was the most accomplished English playwright since George Bernard Shaw. He had more memorable wit, ideas, and drama in every page than most writers manage in a lifetime. He revived the artful art, the conscious artifice of theatre, drawing into his circle of dramatic magic all the oppositional forces of the modern stage and summoning from them something greater than had been imagined possible. He was the true impresario, able to enchant with words that seemed so plain and expected, one was always truly shocked at how unexpected he made them. He could do everything from absurdism to glee, from the philosophical to the zany.

Stoppard’s genius was to make a confluence of the highbrow and the lowbrow. Jumpers is a satire of academic philosophy, written in the sort of dialogue critics inevitably call dazzlingly clever; but it contains a set of gymnasts, who make human pyramids on stage, and, at one point, the philosopher opens the door with half his face covered in shaving cream with a tortoise under his arm and a bow and arrow in his hand.

Such moments are the essence of farce, which demands the question: “how did we get here?” See Television,Film and Popular Culture: Comments for the complete article.